PIS40 ECS31 BG PI41-18 OY OY PI41-17 PI41 -14 ECS32 BG PIS47 BG BG OY PIS48 PIS46 RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW PIS45 PIS44 RW RW RW 92 93 F9 10A F10 10A F12 10A F13 20A 8 6 10 7 R1 9 OY OY OY N N O RW RW RW RW OY BG OY OY EC49-2 EC49-1 BK S 54 PI41 -12 B G23AL CRS23 B PIS41 PI41 -13 BK PIS42 PIS43 RW BK ECS22 OY F10 11A Electrical Guide XJ Sedan including LWB 2005 Model Year, VIN: G34528 onwards Publication Part Number: S 2005 XJ, September 2004
204
Embed
xj sep 2004 - JagRepair.com - Jaguar Repair Information ...jagrepair.com/images/Electrical/XJElectrical/2005 MY XJ Electrical...Air Suspension System ... AUTO Automatic Transmission
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
PIS40
ECS31
BG
PI41-18
OY OY
PI41-17
PI41-14
ECS32
BG
PIS47
BG
BG
OY
PIS48
PIS46
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
PIS45
PIS44
RW
RW
RW
92
93
F9 10A
F10 10A
F12 10A
F13 20A
8
6
10
7
R1 9
OY
OY
OY
N
N
O
RW
RW
RW
RW
OY
BG
OY
OYEC49-2 EC49-1
BK
S54
PI41-12
B
G23AL
CRS23B
PIS41
PI41-13
BK
PIS42
PIS43
RW
BK
ECS22
OY
F10 11A
Electrical Guide
XJ Sedanincluding LWB
2005 Model Year, VIN: G34528 onwards
Publication Part Number: S 2005 XJ, September 2004
Electrical Guide
XJ Sedanincluding LWB
2005 Model Year, VIN: G34528 onwards
Published by Technical Communications, Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number: S 2005 XJ, September 2004
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Preface Jaguar XJ 2005
While every effort is made to ensure accuracy, design changes to the vehicle may be made in the period between the completion of this publication and the introduction of vehicles.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form: electronic, mechanical, including photocopying, recording or other means without prior written permission from the Service Division of Jaguar Cars Limited.
Electrical Guide FormatThis Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections:
• the first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book; model-specific information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
• the second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (e.g. Fig. 01.1) and Title. The page adjacent to the Figure contains data information specific to that Figure.
NOTE: Data pages are not available for inclusion in Provisional versions of the Electrical Guide.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
The electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched power supply load.
Power supply is provided via three methods:
• Direct battery power supply;
• Ignition switched power supply;
• Switched system power supply.
The ‘Switched System Power Supply’ circuit is controlled via the FEM (Front Electronic Module) and the REM (Rear Electronic Module). Refer to Fig. 01.6 for circuit activation details.
Fuse Boxes
The electrical harness incorporates three serviceable power distribution fuse boxes:
• the Front Power Distribution Fuse Box, located in the engine compartment;
• the Rear Power Distribution Fuse Box, located in the trunk.
• the Primary Junction Fuse Box, located in the front right-hand foot well.
All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the three fuse boxes.
Vehicle Networks
Three different networks are employed:
• CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications;
• SCP (Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications;
• D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed ‘real-time’ audio data transfer.
NOTE: The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio Unit. Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.
Ground Studs
Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems; however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.
8 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
User Instructions Jaguar XJ 2005
User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 10.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all ciruit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input
O Output
B+ Battery Voltage
PG Power Ground
SS Sensor / Signal Supply V
SG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN Network
S SCP Network
D2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded Data
V Voltage (DC)
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furhished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds,
control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: February 2004
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic
I PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I PI1–31 AUTOMATIC – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MANUAL, ROW – PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN IGNITION CRANK (III)
MANUAL, NAS – CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O PI1–53 FUEL PUMP 2 DRIVE (TO FUEL PUMP 2 MODULE): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%
I PI1–65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
C PI1–123 CAN –
C PI1–124 CAN +
Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and Characteristic
I FC14–2 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY IN
B+ FC14–3 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
SG FC14–14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG FC15–2 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ FC15–3 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
I FC15–4 PATS GROUND: GROUND
D FC15–5 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D FC15–6 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
C FC15–18 CAN +
C FC15–19 CAN –
Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic
B+ GB2–9 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O GB2–10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
PG GB2–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PG GB2–16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND GROUND
INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE PAGE
10 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Symbols and Codes Jaguar XJ 2005
NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols Control Module Pin Symbols
* May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-out Information.
Wiring Symbols
Battery power supply
Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I, II)
Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)
Switched System Power Supply power supply
Engine Management System power supply
Figure number reference
Controller Area Network
Standard Corporate Protocol network
D2B network
Input CAN network
Output SCP network
Battery voltage D2B network
Power groundSerial and encoded data
Sensor / signal supply V *
Sensor / signal ground **
Splice
Simplified splice
Bulb
Capacitor
Connector
Diode
Eyelet and stud
Fuse
Ground
Hall effect sensor
Light emitting diode (LED)
Motor
Potentiometer
Power distribution box terminal
Pressure transducer
Resistor
Solenoid
Suppression diode
Suppression resistor
Thermistor
Transistor
Wire continued
Zener diode
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 11
Symbols and CodesJaguar XJ 2005
Harness Codes
Wiring Color Codes
Code NumberingWhen numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been shortened. Thus CA001–001 becomes CA1–1, CA002–001 becomes CA2–1, etc.
Resistor ValuesThe omega symbol often used to represent resistance is not used in this publication.
• Whole-number resistor values below 1000 ohms are suffixed with ‘R’, for example: 820R.
• Whole-number resistor values above 1000 ohms are suffixed with ‘K’, for example: 820K.
• Fractional resistors values have ‘R’ or ‘K’ inserted at the position of the decimal point, for example: 8R2 represents 8.2 ohms, 1K0 represents 1K ohms.
AC Climate Control Link
BC Battery Ground Harness
BF Front Bumper Harness
BL Cabin to Trunk Lid Harness
BO Battery Harness
BR Rear Bumper Harness
BS Battery Backed Sounder Harness
BT Trunk Lid Harness
CC Center Console Harness
CL Center Console Link Harness
CP Cooling Pump Harness
CR Cabin Harness
CV EVAP Canister Close Valve Link Harness
DB D2B Network Harness
DD Driver Door Harness
DL Driver Seat Lumbar Harness
DT Driver Door Trim Harness
EC Engine Compartment Harness
EL Starter Motor Solenoid Link Harness
FP Fuel Tank Link Harness
GB Transmission Harness
GC Radiator Cooling Fan Harness
IJ Fuel Injector Link
IL Fuel Injector Link
IP Instrument Panel (Fascia) Harness
IS Fuel Injector Link Harness
LL LH Rear Seat Lumbar Harness
LS LH Rear Seat Harness
LT LH Rear Door Trim Harness
PD Passenger Door Harness
PH Telephone Harness
PI Engine Management Harness
PL Passenger Seat Lumbar Harness
PS Passive Security Sounder Harness
PT Passenger Door Trim Harness
RA Rear Air Conditioning Harness
RC Rear In-Car Entertainment Controls Harness
RF Roof Harness
RL LH Rear Door Harness
RR RH Rear Door Harness
RS RH Rear Seat Harness
RT RH Rear Door Trim Harness
SD Driver Seat Harness
SL LH Rear Seat Motor Harness
SP Passenger Seat Harness
SR RH Rear Seat Motor Harness
SW Steering Wheel Harness
TL Telematics Harness
TT Trailer Tow Harness
VL LH Rear Television Harness
VP Voice Activation Pre-Wire Harness
VR RH Rear Television Harness
VX RH Rear Television Link Harness
VY LH Rear Television Link Harness
YL RH Rear Seat Lumbar Harness
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow BOF Black fiber optic (D2B Network)
12 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Symbols and Codes Jaguar XJ 2005
Grounds
• There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud.
• A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A - first (bottom), B - second (middle), C - third (top).
• Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single leg, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two legs, identified as L (left) or R (right).
On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground code is used, with no parentheses.
RelaysServiceable Relays:
• are located in all three fuse boxes;
• do not have a separate relay connector (base);
• use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5);
• are identified by an ‘R’ number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
Non-Serviceable Relays:
• are located in all three fuse boxes.
• are a component part of the fuse box printed circuit board (PCB) and are arranged in singles or pairs.
• use the ISO pin numbering system - 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (single relay or top pair relay) and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (bottom pair relay).
• are identified by an ‘R’ number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
NOTE: Pair relays are normally depicted separately.
EXAMPLE: Ground stud number 30
Single eyelet
First eyelet on stud
Ground stud number 17
Eyelet pair, RH leg
Second eyelet on stud
G30A G17BR
G30AS(G26AS)
G31BL
EXAMPLE:
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles
Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
3
1
5
2
R6 4
3
1
5
2
R2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
EXAMPLE:
3
1
5
2
R6 4
3
1
5
2
R2
CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY
EXAMPLE:
1 2
8
6
10
7
9
1 2
8
6
10
7
R9 9
1 2
SINGLE
PCB RELAY
PCB
PAIR RELAY
AS DEPICTED
PCB
PAIR RELAY
EXAMPLE:
3
1
5
2
R9
8
6
10
7
9
4
3
1
5
2
R9 4
8
6
10
7
R9 9
3
1
5
2
R10 4
SINGLE
PCB RELAY
PCB
PAIR RELAY
AS DEPICTED
PCB
PAIR RELAY
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 13
Symbols and CodesJaguar XJ 2005
FusesEach fuse is identified by an ‘F’ number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.
NetworksIn most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Figs. 20 for circuit details.
Component Depictions
F19 15A
EXAMPLE:
S
S
IP5-2
IP5-120.2
20.2 20.2
IP10-1
IP10-2
S
SU
Y
U
Y20.2
SCPEXAMPLE:
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S)
MESSAGE(S)MESSAGE(S)
COMPLETE COMPONENTS
AND CONTROL MODULES
INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS
(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)
ASSEMBLIES AND
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES
COMPONENTS WITH
INTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT
EXAMPLE:
14 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Network Configuration Jaguar XJ 2005
SERIAL
DATALINK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
CAN SCP
NOTE: TYPICAL XJ RANGE NETWORK CONFIGURATION (FULL OPTION SET).
REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3, AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.
SERIAL DATA LINK
CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
LH HEADLAMPLEVELINGMODULE
RH HEADLAMPLEVELINGMODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL
MODULE
PARKING AID
MODULE
ENGINECONTROLMODULE
SPEEDCONTROLMODULE
REAR CLIMATECONTROLMODULE
AIRSUSPENSIONMODULE
INSTRUMENTCLUSTER
NETWORK GATEWAY
J-GATEMODULE
CLIMATECONTROLMODULE
DYNAMICSTABILITYCONTROLMODULE
TRANSMISSIONCONTROLMODULE
MULTIMEDIACONTROLPANEL
net_com_35005
ROOFCONSOLE
AUDIO UNIT
NETWORK GATEWAY
POWER AMPLIFIER
NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE
D2B
CDAUTOCHANGER
CELLULAR PHONECONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE
DRIVER SEATMODULE
DRIVER DOORMODULE
PARKINGBRAKE MODULE
STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK
MODULE
REAR MEMORY
MODULE
REARELECTRONICMODULE
FRONTELECTRONICMODULE
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 15
Major Harnesses and Fusebox LocationJaguar XJ 2005
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (LHD)
PASSENGER JUNCTION
FUSE BOX
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (RHD)
FRONT DOOR HARNESS:
DD – DRIVER DOOR (RHD)
PD – PASSENGER DOOR (LHD)
RR – RH REAR DOOR HARNESS
BO – BATTERY HARNESS
CR – CABIN HARNESS
BATTERY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
EC – ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS
PI – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (RHD)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LHD)
IP – INSTRUMENT PANEL
HARNESS
CR – CABIN HARNESS
FRONT DOOR HARNESS:
DD – DRIVER DOOR (LHD)
PD – PASSENGER DOOR (RHD)
RL – RH REAR DOOR HARNESS
TL – TELEMATICS HARNESS
harn_fuse_box_35005
16 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Relay and Fuse Location Jaguar XJ 2005
R1
F35
80A
R9 *R10 *R11 *R12 *R13 *R14 *
R5 *R6 *R7 *R8 *
R1 *
R2R3
R6
R7
R4
R1 R2R3 R4
R8R5
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS
NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE ISCONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION.
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
STEERING COLUMN
LOCK MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
SLIDING ROOF MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
REAR
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
PARKING BRAKE MODULE
FUEL PUMP 2 MODULE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
RHD
SPEED CONTROL SENSOR
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
LH HEADLAMPLEVELING MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
J-GATE MODULE
REAR MEMORY MODULE
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR
POWER AMPLIFIER
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
DVD PLAYER (TOP)
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
CD AUTOCHANGER
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE (BOTTOM)
PARKING AID MODULE
rhd_cm_loc_35005
24 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2005
107G
108N
109Y
110
YU
111B
112
—113
BG
114
BK
115
BG
116B
117
—118U
119
BO
120
BR
81 B
82 B
83 R
84 Y
85—
86—
87
GU
88 Y
89YR
90—
91 B
92UY
93
RW
55
RW
56
RW
57—
58—
59—
60—
61
GW
62
GW
63GR
64—
65
WR
66UY
67—
29 B
30 B
31GR
32—
33—
34—
35—
36 O
37 B
38OY
39
OG
40
BW
41
GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7GO
8GO
9 U10
GU
11—
12OY
13 Y
14—
121
WU
122
—123G
124Y
125
—126
—127
BK
128N
129N
130
BW
131
GB
132
YB
133
—134
GU
94 Y
95 R
96—
97—
98 N
99 N
100
BG
101
—102B
103O
104
—105
W106
RW
68 N
69 G
70UY
71 U
72—
73 U
74—
75 R
76 Y
77—
78 Y
79YR
80
GW
42—
43BG
44
GW
45BK
46BK
47YR
48YG
49—
50
WU
51
WU
52GR
53YR
54 B
15—
16—
17 B
18 B
19BG
20BG
21—
22NR
23
WG
24
WG
25—
26—
27
WR
28—
107G
108N
109Y
110
YU
111B
112
UY
113
BG
114
BK
115
BR
116B
117
BW
118U
119
BO
120
BG
81 B
82 B
83 R
84 Y
85—
86—
87
GU
88 Y
89YR
90GR
91 B
92UY
93
RW
55
RW
56
RW
57YU
58YG
59YR
60YU
61
GW
62
GW
63GR
64YR
65—
66UY
67 O
29 B
30 B
31GR
32—
33—
34—
35—
36 O
37 B
38OY
39
OG
40
BW
41
GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7GO
8GO
9 U10
GU
11—
12OY
13 Y
14—
121
WU
122
—123G
124Y
125
—126
—127
BK
128N
129N
130
BW
131
GB
132
YB
133
—134
GU
94 Y
95 R
96—
97—
98 N
99 N
100
BG
101
—102B
103O
104
RG
105
W106
RW
68 N
69 G
70UY
71 U
72—
73 U
74—
75 R
76 Y
77—
78 Y
79YR
80
GW
42—
43BG
44
GW
45BK
46BK
47YR
48YG
49—
50YR
51
WU
52GR
53—
54 B
15—
16—
17 B
18 B
19BG
20BG
21—
22NR
23
WG
24
WG
25—
26—
27
WR
28—
107G
108N
109Y
110
YU
111B
112
UY
113
BG
114
BK
115
BR
116B
117
BW
118U
119
BO
120
BG
81 B
82 B
83 R
84 Y
85—
86—
87
GU
88 Y
89YR
90GR
91 B
92UY
93
RW
55
RW
56
RW
57YU
58YG
59YR
60YU
61
GW
62
GW
63GR
64YR
65—
66UY
67 O
29 B
30 B
31GR
32—
33—
34—
35—
36 O
37 B
38OY
39
OG
40
BW
41
GO
1 RU
2 RU
3 —4 B
5 B6 Y
7GO
8GO
9 U10
GU
11 Y
12OY
13 Y
14 U
121
WU
122
—123G
124Y
125
—126
—127
BK
128N
129N
130
BW
131
GB
132
YB
133
—134
GU
94 Y
95 R
96—
97—
98 N
99 N
100
BG
101
—102B
103O
104
RG
105
W106
RW
68 N
69 G
70UY
71 U
72YU
73 U
74—
75 R
76 Y
77—
78 Y
79YR
80
GW
42—
43BG
44
GW
45BK
46BK
47YR
48YG
49—
50YR
51
WU
52GR
53
WU
54 B
15—
16—
17 B
18 B
19BG
20BG
21—
22NR
23
WG
24
WG
25—
26—
27
WR
28—
ENGINECONTROLMODULE
PI1/BLACK
PI1
V6
V8N/A
V8SC
ecm_35005
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 25
Control Module Pin IdentificationJaguar XJ 2005
1R
14BY
3GY
2GU
16O
15U
5—
4RB
18—
17K
7NW
6RY
20UO
19WY
9YB
8N
22UW
21Y
11YG
10BR
24NB
23WU
13YR
12WG
26GR
25BG
2NR
1UR
10LG
9YU
4YW
3UY
12RW
11WO
6LGB
5S
14GW
13G
8GB
7UB
16WR
15RG
1—
12—
3WG
2N
14—
13—
5B
4RG
16Y
15—
7G
6Y
18BW
17G
9RW
8Y
20YG
19OY
11RW
10RU
22B
21GW
RA1
16R
8RY
15—
7—
14
GW
6
RW
13BW
5—
12NR
4—
11OW
3YB
10—
2YU
9UR
1YR
1NB
7
WR
2—
8RB
3KB
9—
4G
10KW
5KG
11W
6U
12KU
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
AC101 AC100 CR119
AC101 / BLACK AC100 / BLACK CR119 / BLACK
RA2
RA2 / BLACK RA1 / BLACK
ccm_rccm_35005
26 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2005
16B
47B
14G
15G 30
YR
31BW
45WG
46NG
12Y
13G 28
WG
29Y
43W
44—
10—
11Y 26
G
27YU
41—
42N
8UY
9U 24
B
25U
39—
40U
6U
7R 22
—
23—
37NR
38—
4W
5BK 20
GU
21—
35—
36WR
2—
3Y 18
YU
19BG
33NG
34WU
1NR
17RW
32NW
13YR
26Y
11WG
12YU
24W
25YR
9OG
10WU
22—
23WR
7GW
8RG
20—
21—
5W
6OY
18Y
19GU
3B
4BO
16BG
17YR
1WR
2RU
14RU
15RW
7U
1Y
9—
8—
3—
2—
11—
10Y
5WU
4YB
12WU
6RW
1NW
2GW
3RW
4B
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE
PARKING AID MODULE
CR52 / BLACK
CR52
PARKING BRAKE MODULE
CR50 / BLACK CR32 / GREY
CR50 CR32
EC30
EC30 / BLACK
dsc_pam_pbm_35005
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 27
Control Module Pin IdentificationJaguar XJ 2005
—
13—
16Y
14GO
17G
15—
18BK
7—
10YU
8BO
11U
9—
12NR
1YG
4—
2WR
5WU
3WB
6WG
13Y
14G
15BK
7BW
10YR
8BR
11YG
9BK
12YU
1G
4GO
2GU
5GW
3GB
6GR
7WG
10BG
8WB
11BG
9—
12—
1BO
4WR
2BK
5WU
3Y
6—
7Y
8G
9—
1NW
4—
2N
5—
3B
6—
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
CR88 CR91 CR90 CR89
CR88 / BLACK CR91 / BLACK CR90 / BLACK CR89 / BLACK
asm_ascm_35005
1
WG
2
B
3
U
4
R
5
NW
1
—
2
B
3
R
4
—
5
GW
6
R
7
—
8
G
9
Y
10
—
11
—
12
B
13
—
14
WG
15
NW
17
—
18
—
19
—
20
U
21
—
22
—
23
G
24
Y
25
—
26
—
27
—
28
—
29
—
30
—
16
—
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
IP78 / YELLOW
EC23 / BLACK
SPEED CONTROL SENSOR
IP78
EC23
28 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2005
2 BK
3GO
4BW
5 —6 YU
7 BG
8 G9 YR
10
WB
12
RW
1NW
11
RW
13 Y
14 B
15 U
16YB
17
WU
18
RW
19
WU
20 Y
2 W
3 —4BW
5 —6WB
10BR
1 OY
8 RU
7 RU
9 R11 B
12—
13 B
14 B
15BO
16RU
17RU
1GU
2GW
3 R4 YB
5 G6WG
7 OY
8WU
9 U10—
11 O
12
RW
13
RW
14 R
15RU
16
WG
17
WG
18
WB
19
WB
20
OG
21 O
22 U
23OY
24
OG
25UY
26 B
1 U2OG
3BW
4 —5 —
6NW
7 Y8WU
9 —10—
11 O
12 B
1 BR
2 U3BW
4 —5 NR
6WU
7 BK
8 YR
9GU
10 B
11—
12—
13BR
14—
15 U
16BG
17BG
18UY
19BG
20
GW
21
RW
22
BW
EC36/BLACK
FRONTELECTRONICMODULE
CR1/N
ATU
RA
L
CR9/BLACK
CR85/BLACK
CR85
CR1
CR9
EC36
CR10/BLACK
CR10
fem_35005
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 29
Control Module Pin IdentificationJaguar XJ 2005
2 YB
3NW
4RW
5GU
6 OY
7 O8WB
9WB
10
WG
12YG
1 Y
11YG
13—
14—
15
WR
16
WU
17
GW
18—
19UY
20RG
2 —
3 U4 O
5 GB
6 G
10UY
1 UY
1 N8 RU
7 RU
9OG
11W
12 O
13—
14—
15 B
16RU
17RU
1 —2 —
3 RU
4 R5 U
6 YB
7 Y8OG
9GO
10BO
11 B
12 B
13
WU
14—
15—
16
GW
17OY
18
OG
19 N
20—
21OY
22RU
23BK
24—
25 B
26 B
1 YR
2 R3 —
4 —5 U
6OG
7 G8GU
9 RG
10—
11
RW
12OY
1 Y2 U
3 —4 —
5 —6 N
7 —8 GR
9 YG
10YU
11—
12 B
13
GO
14
WG
15OY
16
WR
17
WG
18—
19—
20GR
21—
22
GW
2 B 4 Y3 R
REARELECTRONICMODULE
CR4/BLACK
CR11/NATURAL
CR12/BLACK
CR13/BLACK
CR71/BLACK
CR71
CR4
CR11
CR12
CR13
CR73
CR73/BLACK
rem_35005
30 DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XJ 2005
1YU
12GO
3GR
2RW
14B
13—
5OG
4YG
16—
15—
7R
6—
18—
17—
9Y
8YR
20—
19—
11—
10GO
22—
21—
1WU
12W
3BW
2WG
14YU
13WR
5RW
4G
16NW
15BO
7GR
6YB
18BR
17Y
9GU
8GO
20GW
19UY
11BG
10—
22—
21WB
1OY
11R
3O
2B13
GB
12U
5WR
4BG15
RW
14RG
7—
6GR17
WB
16W
9G
8Y19
G
18Y
10U
20Y
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP6 / BLACKIP5 / GREY
IP7 / BLACK
IP6
IP5
IP7
ic_35005
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 31
Control Module Pin IdentificationJaguar XJ 2005
2 UY 1 YU
2OG
4 YR
1GO
3 RU
2 — 1 —
4GU 3 U
6 NR
4 —
5 B3 —
2NG 1 B
6 GR
4GO
5 RG
3GW
1 — 14—
3 —
2 —
16—
15—
5 —4 —
18—
17—
7 O6 —
20—
19—
9WU
8 U
22
WU
21—
11
WB
10 R
24—
23
WR
13
NG
12
WB
26BK
25
WB
1 Y 12 U
3 —
2 —
14—
13—
5 UY
4 U
16
WG
15RU
7 —6 —
18YB
17 Y
9 —8 —
20YR
19 N
11GB
10
RW
22
WR
21 O
2OG
3OG
4 O
12—
1 OY
11—
13 N
14OY
5WU
6 U
15 O
16 R
7 —8 YB
17 O
18 R
9 Y10YG
19 U
20 G
2GW
3GU
4 —1 —
14YR
5 —6 G
15 Y
16OY
2 RU
3 Y4 U
1 —5 R
6 YR
7WR
8 YB
17 O
18—
9 —10 O
19—
20—
11—
21 G
12UY
7 BK
8 B9 —
10OY
11
NW
12 N
13
GW
22BR
23—
24—
25
GO
26—
2 — 1 —
2 —4 —
1 —3 —
2 — 1 —
4 — 3 —
6 —4 —
5 —3 —
2 — 1 —
6 —4 —
5 —3 —
CR53
CR59
1 — 14—
3 —
2 —
16—
15—
5 —4 —
18—
17—
7 —6 —
20—
19—
9 —8 —
22—
21—
11—
10—
24—
23—
13—
12—
26—
25—
1 — 12—
3 —
2 —
14—
13—
5 —4 —
16—
15—
7 —6 —
18—
17—
9 —8 —
20—
19—
11—
10—
22—
21—
DRIVERSEATMODULE
DRIVERDOORMODULE
SD27/BLACK
SD26/BLACK
SD24/BLACK
SD3/BLACK
SD4/BLACK
SD2/BLACK
DD13/NATURAL
DD12/BLACK
DD11/BLACK
REARMEMORYMODULE
CR59/BLACK
CR53/BLACK
CR21/BLACK
CR41/BLACK
CR36/BLACK
CR37/BLACK
SD27
SD26
SD24
SD3
SD2
SD4
DD13
DD12
DD11
CR38
CR37
CR21
CR41
dsm_ddm_rmm_35005
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP58 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
GROUNDS
Ground Location
BC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
Main Power DistributionJaguar XJ 2005 Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
YU
B
NW
1
RU
3
I
II
III
0
4
YU
B
B
R
2
B
R
NW
6
5
BB
NW
NWNW
B
TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY
BATTERY
TIMER
BO2
MEGAFUSES
CR116EC9
EC8
IGNITION SWITCH
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX FRONTPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
REARPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CR95-1 CR95-2
f01_1_35005
IP34-4
RU
BC3
BC2
BC1
BO1
CR95-220A
GO
BO3
R
500A
175A
100A
CR48-11
CR48-10 F39 5A
G23AL
CRS23
BO11
BO3
CR19
CR115
IP34-6 IP1-2
IP58-14 CR6-4
CR17
CRS72
CR117-B CR117-A CR97-8 F52 20A
BO4
02.1 02.2
05.3 08.6
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
TL14 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE / BEHIND CD AUTOCHANGER
Battery Power Distribution: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
BO43
EC82
F20 30A
F22 30A
F17 10A
F35 80A
F26 40A
F5 40A
F31 40A
F28 25A
F40 25A
13
EC40-2
EC56
CR5-4
CR3-4
NG
NRPI41-31
NRNR
NRPIS16
NW
NR
NRNR NR
SPS1 NR
NGNG
NGRL1-1
NG
NRRR1-1
NR
F27 10A
F34 30A
CR68-2
CR5-3
NWTL14-10
NW
NR
TLS2TL14-14
NRNR
F9 25A
F21 25A
CR84-2
CR80-3
NG
NR
F32 30A CR5-2
NW
F51 10A CR97-3
R
TLS20TL14-9
RR
NR
R
CC1-15
R
F6 10A CR83-2
NN
(RHD)
(LHD)
NR
46
50
48
49
47
CRS24
NG NG NGPI42-6NG
CR68-1F30 10A NG
11
12
10
9
7
8
14
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
35
36
45
44
39
38
41
40
42
43
37
51
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
EC4-1
EC4-2
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
CR83-1
NOTE: SPS1 - Rear Passenger override only
CR68-4
f01_2_35005
11.1 11.2 11.3
11.4 11.5 11.6
11.6
19.2
11.8
11.9
15.1 15.2
14.1
02.2
12.2
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6
05.2
15.2
15.2
14.1
16.5 16.6 16.7
16.5 16.6 16.7
03.1 03.3 03.5
04.1
05.1
05.1
03.2 03.4 03.6
13.1
13.1
13.1
19.2
19.2
08.1
08.1
08.1
08.1
08.1
08.1
08.2
08.2
08.2
08.2
08.2
08.2
01.8
01.8
01.8
01.8
03.1 03.3 03.5
02.1 02.2
05.3
06.2
06.2
01.4 01.8
13.1
13.1
01.7
01.7
01.7
01.7
01.7
01.7
06.2
03.2 03.4 03.6
06.2
01.4
19.2
19.2
SP1-2 (LHD)SD1-2 (RHD)
EC46-12 (LHD)EC53-6 (RHD)
SP1-1 (LHD)SD1-1 (RHD)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / GREEN
CR48 11-WAY / SLATE
CR49 10-WAY / SLATE
CR56 10-WAY / GREEN
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / NATURAL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC7 10-WAY / GREY / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP51 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
RC2 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
TL31 14-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
Battery Power Distribution: Part 2Jaguar XJ 2005 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR1161
F43 5A
F42 10A
F45 10A
F40 10A
F44 5A
F37 25A
F46 25A
F38 15A
F30 10A
CR6-8
CR47-4
CR6-6
CR47-3
CR6-2
CR49-1
CR6-1
CR47-10
CR49-5
RW
RWTLS17TL93-16
RW
NWNWTL31-7 CC7-10
NW
NRPD1-1
NR
NRDD3-1
NR
NGNG
NGIP22-9
NG
NWNW
NW
CRS12DD1-9NW
NWIP51-3
NW
NW
F48 20A
F47 5A
CR6-5
CR6-7
OIP22-3
O
OYIP22-4
OY
F36 40A
F49 40A
CR49-4
CR6-10
NR
NR
NGNG
NW
NWIP1-1
NW
NW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
F35 10A CR49-3
NWNW
RW
SPS1
NR
NRNR
93
94
01.6 01.7
01.6 01.7
03.2 03.4 03.6
20.1 20.2 20.3
03.1 03.3 03.5
07.1
08.1 08.2
07.1 08.1 08.2
11.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
11.1
11.3 11.4 11.5
11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5
14.1
12.2
11.10 12.1 12.2 14.1
11.7
10.1 10.2 12.1 12.2 14.1
12.1 12.2 14.1
11.3 11.4 11.5
14.1
11.2 11.3
11.4 11.5
11.6
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06
19.1
19.1
10.1
15.1 15.2
16.7
11.6
11.6
11.6
08.3 10.2
11.1
08.3
08.3 09.2 09.3 10.1
11.6
RWRW
RC2-1
RWRCS1
RW
F31 15A CR49-6
NG NG 14.1
19.2NW
NWCRS81
95
92
91
86
85
87
89
90
88
73
68
67
69
70
71
72
66
65
79
81
78
80
74
77
75
76
82
83
84
64
NOTE: TLS17 - Existence dependent onoption specification.
NOTE: SPS1 - Rear Passenger override only
BA
TT
ER
YP
OW
ER
BU
S
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOXf01_3_35005
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
16.3 16.4
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
SD28-11 (LHD)SP28-11 (RHD)
SD1-1 (LHD)SP1-1 (RHD)
SP28-11 (LHD)SD28-11 (RHD)
(LHD)
(RHD)SD1-2 (LHD)SP1-2 (RHD)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / GREEN
CR48 11-WAY / SLATE
CR49 10-WAY / SLATE
CR56 10-WAY / GREEN
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / NATURAL
REAR IGNITION RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — R2
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — R9
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP51 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP58 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP66 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO REAR AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RC2 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)Jaguar XJ 2005 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR1161
F41 20A
CR6-4
RUIP58-14
RU
YIP34-2
I
II
III
0
IP34-4RU4
F7 5A
F8 5A
F11 5A
F20 5A
F34 5A
CR56-7
CR56-8
CR48-4
CR49-9
CR49-10
RR
TLS10TL93-15
R
YU
YUTLS1TL93-14
YU
YRYRYR
CCS1TL28-5 CC2-2
YR
YGIP22-5
YG
YB
CRS34YB
1I
YB 2I
YB 3I
YRCC1-6
YR
YU
YU
YURC2-6
YU
RCC1-16
R
CR98-7
CR98-6
IP51-1
YCR56-5
02.1 02.2 07.1 12.2
19.2
19.2
19.2
15.1 15.2
15.1 15.2
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
16.3 16.4
16.7
15.3
16.6 16.716.5
16.6 16.716.5
EC82
BB
G2AR
34F1 5A
GU
42II
ECS19
3
1
5
2
R9 4
GU
GU
GU
GU
01.8
EC46-1
WRCR98-9
61
CR82-2 CRS23
G23AL
F54 15A CR97-2
F53 20A CR97-1
RR
IP51-5
RGRG WRRAS1
WR
WR
3
1
5
2
R2 4 14II
15II
13II
06.3
06.3
19.1
4I
11I
10I
9I
7I
12I
8I
6I
5I
IGNITION SWITCH
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
SLAVE IGNITIONRELAY*
*NOTE: Refer to Fig. 01.8 for complete Slave Ignition Relay circuit details.
REAR IGNITIONRELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ENGINEMANAGEMENTCIRCUITS
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: TLS1 - Existence dependenton option specification.
IP51-9
IP66-7
EC28-4
ECS4 EC28-6
f01_4_35005
01.8
01.8
B B RAS2
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH CR2 3-WAY / GREY LH ‘A’ POST
PASSENGER (PRIMARY) JUNCTION FUSE BOX CR6 10-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
CR47 11-WAY / GREEN
CR48 11-WAY / SLATE
CR49 10-WAY / SLATE
CR56 10-WAY / GREEN
EC7 15-WAY / BLACK
EC55 11-WAY / NATURAL
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
CR120 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP4 14-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP58 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
TL14 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE / BEHIND CD AUTOCHANGER
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
NOTE: ECS12 – Adaptive Speed Control vehicles only
EC53-8 (LHD)
EC1-5 (RHD)
IPS13
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 1 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX — R1
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 2 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX — R1
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationBF1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CR120 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP66 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO REAR AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
Switched System Power Distribution: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Switched System Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.6
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR48-7
CR1-13
U
Y O
NW80 B
S
S
CR4-4
U
Y O
NW78 B
S
S
RW
RW
CR10-11
BP
G9BL
CR11-12
B
G24AR
OY
F9 10A EC55-7 ECS21
OY
CRS13
92
93
94
95
F10 10A EC7-15
F12 10A CR47-2
OY
N
F13 20A CR48-8
N
NW
F14 10A CR47-6
NWNWIPS3
NW
GU
F24 10A EC7-13
GU
OY
IP55-15
OY
CRS14
IP1-7
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
TL28-9 CC2-11
F25 10A EC7-14 ECS10
O
Y
F26 15A EC55-5
Y
NW
F27 10A EC55-9
NW
F28 10A CR47-8
NNIPS44
N
IP22-11 DD1-6
O
O
O
O
BFS6
OO
BF1-7
CR48-9
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
01.7
01.7
01.7
N
N
RB
N
N
OO
IP8-3
02.1 02.2
05.4
3
1
5
2
R1 4
8
6
10
7
R1 9
06.1
06.3
06.1
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
08.1 08.2
+
–
+
–
09.1
09.1
09.2
09.1 09.2 10.1
09.1
NW
13.1
12.1
12.1
12.2
13.1
10.1 10.2 12.1
08.3
09.3 10.2
IPS7
O
O
O
19.1
09.1
09.1
O
O
O
RFS7
OO
EC1-22
O
RF1-1
09.1
09.1
09.1 19.2
N
CR120-1
S73
S74
S75
S76
S60
S59
S58
S57
S56
S55
S54
S53
S61
S62
S64
S63
S69
S70
S71
S67
S68
S65
S66
S72
S77
f01_6_35005
SCP NOTE: The Switched System Power Relays are activatedby the FEM or the REM whenever messages are present on theSCP Network. After the ignition is switched off, the relays remainactivated until all SCP messages are removed.
SWITCHED
SYSTEM
POWER
CONTROL
SWITCHED
SYSTEM
POWER
CONTROL
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
SWITCHED SYSTEM
POWER RELAY 1
SWITCHED SYSTEM
POWER RELAY 2
PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SWITCHED SYSTEM
POWER DISTRIBUTION: PART 2
CR9-6
CR9-7
CR9-1
CR4-3
CR13-1
CR13-2
IP2-10 (LHD)IP22-12 (RHD)
IP66-1
ECS13
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.2
20.3
20.3
20.3
20.3
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 3 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX — R7
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 4 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX — R7
SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER RELAY 5 — — PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX — R8
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationBL11 16-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BR1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
BT11 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN TO TRUNK LID LINK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / TRUNK LID
LS1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR SEAT HARNESS CABIN / BELOW LH REAR SEAT
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
RF25 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
RS1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR SEAT HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
Switched System Power Distribution: Part 2Jaguar XJ 2005 Switched System Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.7
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
U
Y O
NW80 B
20.220.3 S
S
U
Y O
NW78 B
S
S
RW
RW
BP
CR11-12B
56
57
54
55
52
53
RW
RW
01.6
01.6
RW
RW
RW
NR
NRNR
NR
RU
RURU
NGNG
NWNW
NRNR
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NG
NGNG
NG
NGNG
NG
NGNG
NN
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
RU
RU
RU
RU
RU RU
RURU
RU
RURU
NRNR
NWNW
RU
20.220.3
20.220.3
20.220.3
3
1
5
2
R7 4
8
6
10
7
R7 9
8
6
10
7
R8 9
06.2
05.3
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3
08.3
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
08.3 08.4
+
–
+
–
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
09.1
11.6
11.1 11.2
11.6
11.8
11.9
11.10
11.10
11.7
11.7
08.5
08.5
08.5
08.5
08.6
08.5
08.5
08.5
11.8 11.9
S91
S89
S88
S90
S92
S82
S83
S84
S85
S81
S80
S78
S79
S86
S87
S93NR NR 15.3
S94
S95
S97
S96
S103
S101
S100
S102
S98
S99
S104
S105
f01_7_35005
SWITCHEDSYSTEMPOWER
CONTROL
SWITCHEDSYSTEMPOWER
CONTROL
SCP NOTE: The Switched System Power Relays are activated bythe FEM or the REM whenever messages are present onthe SCP Network. After the ignition is switched off, the relaysremain activated until all SCP messages are removed.
CR9-6
CR9-7
CR9-1
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
CR4-3
CR13-1
CR13-2
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER DISTRIBUTION: PART1
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 3
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 4
SWITCHED SYSTEMPOWER RELAY 5
CR98-8
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
CR82-3
CR82-10
F15 5A
F16 10A
F17 10A
F18 10A
F11 10A
F12 10A
F13 20A
F46 10A
F47 20A
F48 5A
F49 5A CR84-5
CR98-4
CR97-6
CR98-10
CR81-1
CR81-2
CR82-4
CR84-4
CR84-3
CR97-7
CR98-3
CR82-5
CRS3
CRS17
CRS7
CRS40
CRS1
RF2-16
LS1-11
RS1-11
BL11-14
BL11-15
BL11-16
RF25-7 RFS2
SP28-15
SD28-15
TL93-8
BT11-16
BT11-15
BR1-1
BR1-2
BT11-14
RSS1
SD28-4
LSS1
CR1-13
CR10-11
CRS13
G9BL
CR4-4
G24AR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 01.8
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — R11
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION COIL RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — R7
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — R9
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCP1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / RH SIDE
CV5 12-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / CENTER
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC21 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / RH SIDE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
IL10 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK REAR OF ENGINE
IS5 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE / LH REAR
IS6 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE / RH REAR
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Powertrain Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O PI1–40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Engine Management Switched Power DistributionJaguar XJ 2005 Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.8
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
PI41-41 EC19-2PI1-40
O BW
EC82
27
28
29
BW
(V8)
(V6)
GU
GU
GUECS20
PI41-5
PIS1PI41-11
NGNG
NG
GU
PI41-33 IL10-6 ILS1 (V6)PIS23 (V8)
PIS2PI41-35
WG WGWG
WG
NR NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
(N/A)
(SC)PIS24
NRNRIS6-1
NR
NRIS5-1
NRISS1
NR
NR
NR
NR
ISS2
NR
NR
NR
PIS17 WG
WG
PI41-1
WGWG
PIS14 WR
WRWR
PI41-9
WR
GU
GU
ECS20
GU
GUEC1-4
GU
GUPIS15
GU
GU
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.1
03.6
03.3
03.2
03.1
03.1
03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.1
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.3 03.5
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.2 03.4
03.6
03.4
03.6
03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
03.1 03.3 03.5
GUPI41-5
F12 10A
F13 10A
F14 10A
NR
GU
GU
GUEC21-2
GU
03.4 03.6
GUEC21-2
GU
25
F30 10A
RWPI41-30
RW 03.2 03.4 03.6
F33 30A
F34 30A
26
EC41-9
BB
G2AR
ECS4
3
1
5
2
R7 4
34F1 5A
GU
42II
GU
GU
ECS19
CV5-7FP6-19
GU
F31 15A
NGCP1-10
NG 03.6
03.2 03.4 03.6
3
1
5
2
R11 4
3
1
5
2
R9 4
3
1
5
2
R12 4
GUEC46-2
GU 01.4
GU
E124
EC28-6
B
E108
E107
E109
E106
E110
E112
E113
E111
E114
E115
E116
E120
E121
E122
E119
E117
E118
E123
E125
E126
E128
E127
E133
E132
E131
E134
E135
E130
E129
E139
E138
E137
E141
E140
E136
E142
E143
f01_8_35005
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
EMS CONTROL RELAY
SLAVE IGNITION RELAY
IGNITION COIL RELAY
HO2S RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
ANCILLARY CIRCUITS
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
NOTE: IL10-6 – V6 only.
BA
TTE
RY
PO
WE
RB
US
EC19-8
EC19-3
EC28-4
EC35-1
EC19-6
EC41-8
EC26-2
EC26-1
EC5-2
EC5-4
CR82-1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 02.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
EL1 2-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT TO STARTER MOTOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD CENTER / REARWARD OF ENGINE
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
IP51 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+I PI1–31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–53 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI PI1–65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONI PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGC PI1–123 CAN –C PI1–124 CAN +
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
I IP5-02 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY INB+ IP5-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ IP5-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+SG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI IP6-04 PATS GROUND: GROUNDD IP6-05 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIOND IP6-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONC IP6-08 CAN +C IP6-09 CAN –
Transmission Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ GB2–9 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+O GB2–10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG GB2–13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG GB2–16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 02.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
EL1 2-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT TO STARTER MOTOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD CENTER / REARWARD OF ENGINE
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
IP51 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO VEHICLE HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationBC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G4 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK GROUND
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+I PI1–31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGC PI1–123 CAN –C PI1–124 CAN +
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
I IP5-02 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY INB+ IP5-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ IP5-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+SG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI IP6-04 PATS GROUND: GROUNDD IP6-05 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIOND IP6-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONC IP6-08 CAN +C IP6-09 CAN –
Transmission Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ GB2–9 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+O GB2–10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG GB2–13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG GB2–16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
IL10 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK REAR OF ENGINE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O PI1–1 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–2 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEPG PI1–4 POWER GROUND 1: GROUNDPG PI1–5 POWER GROUND 2: GROUNDI PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+I PI1–7 IGNITION ON: B+I PI1–8 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATEDSS PI1–12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSS PI1–13 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1–17 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–18 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUNDSG PI1–19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–20 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUNDB+ PI1–22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ PI1–23 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+B+ PI1–24 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+SG PI1–29 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDSG PI1–30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1–31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–38 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1–39 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1–40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSG PI1–43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONSG PI1–45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1–52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–53 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG PI1–54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEI PI1–65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO PI1–66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%O PI1–67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1–76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 VI PI1–78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGO PI1–80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORSG PI1–81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDSG PI1–82 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDI PI1–83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTSG PI1–91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O PI1–93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I PI1–94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONI PI1–99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONSG PI1–100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)I PI1–103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)D PI1–105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO PI1–106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI PI1–107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO PI1–109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%O PI1–110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%SG PI1–111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–116 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUNDC PI1–123 CAN –C PI1–124 CAN +I PI1–127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI PI1–129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGSG PI1–130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUNDB+ PI1–134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
Engine Management: V6 – Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Engine Management: V6 – Part 1 Fig. 03.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
f03_1_35005
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR: CONTROL
GENERATOR: FIELD
GENERATOR: FAULT;CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(Continued Fig. 03.2)
VVT SOLENOID VALVES IMT SOLENOID VALVES
(1 BOTTOM; 2 TOP)
EVAP
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
TP SENSOR
THROTTLE
MOTOR
APP SENSOR
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
CKP
SENSOR
CMP
SENSORS
KNOCK
SENSORS
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
EOT
SENSOR
IP
SENSOR
EFT
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR
NOTE: Shielding shown as dashedlines are braided wires.
BRD
PI1-053
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
YR
GU
GO
Y
PIS29
G26BR(G30BR)
G26AL(G30AL)
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
PI1-123
G
PI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GRO
PI41-38
PI41-39
27
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-065
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
YR
WR
02.1
18II
I
I
I
02.1
02.1
02.1
02.1
I02.1
PI1-022
NR7
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
OPI1-040
BW O01.8
–
+
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
I
PI1-024
WG
PI1-023
WG
I
E116
43II
I
I
E106
E107
PIS30
BB
B
B
B
B
P
P
F24 20A
PIS28
B
G26AR(G30AR)
B
BPI1-082
PI1-081
RW
N
G
Y
R
BW
RU
RU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 PI13-4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
N
UY
N
RW
RW
PIS12
PIS13
PIS11
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-066
PI1-039
PI1-038
PI1-110
PI1-109
U U
B
B
1 2
-1-2PI16 -1-2PI17
YU
Y
PI55-1
PI57-1
PI56-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI55-2
PI57-2
PI56-2
BG BG
BG BG
PIS19
B N
B
O
Y
R
BG
N
G
N
GW
BK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4
IATS
PI24 -1 -2
GW
BK
U BG
GU
PIS21
E127
IL12 -3 -2 -1
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
WU
BG
IL9 -1 -2 PI29 -2 -1 -4
OY
BK
BG
PIS22
BG
OY
BK
U
UY
BG
Y
U
WU
OY
BK
O
B
BG
Y
PIS25
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
OY
EC61-5 (LHD) EC16-7 (RHD)
EC61-6 (LHD) EC16-8 (RHD)
WEC61-7 (LHD) EC16-1 (RHD)
EC16-7 (LHD) EC61-10 (RHD)
EC16-8 (LHD) EC61-11 (RHD)
R Y RW
GW
WBBG
GW
RW
Y
R
GO
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
Y
R
W
BG
Y
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
EC63 -1 -2UY
GU
E126
PI31 -2 -1PI30 -2 -1
21
NG
NG
OY
OG
E129
E128
PI41-10
EC53-3 (LHD)EC53-5 (RHD)
PI41-23
C78 -2 -1
GO
NG
GO GO
UY
OG
OY
BG
EC16-9
EC16-5
OY
APP1 APP2
CR14-5
YRBG
Y
OY
BG
CR14-3
CR14-4
CR14-2
CR14-6
CR14-1
IL10-10
IL10-11
BG
BG
WU
E142
E140
E143
E141
83
I
04.1
IL10-12
OY
ILS2B
BB
B
O
PI20 -1-2 PI19 -1-2
1 2
EC26-5
EC19-5
GU
GR PI41-17
PI41-18
20.3
8
6
10
7
R12 9
IL10-4
U
OY
BG
ECS32 ECS31
THROTTLE BODY
VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE AND MOTOR GC1 2-WAY / GREY RADIATOR COOLING FAN
EC20 2-WAY / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
IGNITION CAPACITOR PI54 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / CENTER
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI2 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI6 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI3 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI7 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI4 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI8 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationEC21 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / RH SIDE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
FP2 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION / RH SIDE
IL10 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTOR LINK REAR OF ENGINE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I PI1–9 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDSS PI1–12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1–19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDO PI1–27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO REM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%I PI1–33 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO PI1–34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSS PI1–47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCEI PI1–48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%O PI1–61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLEI PI1–132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)with the REM for Fuel Pump diagnostics.
G24AL
CR73-3
CR73-4
CR11-19
CR73-02
GC1-1
EC20-2
PIS31
G26CS
PI7-
CR4-3
CR12-8
CR13-1
CR13-2
G23AL
FP4-4
FP4-2
FAN
-1CR77
IP55-11 (LHD)IP9-3 (RHD)
IP55-12 (LHD)IP9-4 (RHD)
EC46-16 (LHD)EC61-3 (RHD)
VARIANT: V6 Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CR14 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
CMP SENSOR 1 PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, REAR
CMP SENSOR 2 PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, REAR
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12
TP SENSOR PI26 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY, THROTTLE SHAFT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI17 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCV5 12-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / CENTER
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI17 2-WAY / BLACK
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O PI1–1 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–2 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEPG PI1–4 POWER GROUND 1: GROUNDPG PI1–5 POWER GROUND 2: GROUNDI PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+I PI1–7 IGNITION ON: B+I PI1–8 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATEDSS PI1–12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSS PI1–13 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1–17 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–18 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUNDSG PI1–19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–20 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUNDB+ PI1–22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ PI1–23 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+B+ PI1–24 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+SG PI1–29 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDSG PI1–30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1–31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSG PI1–43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONSG PI1–45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1–52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–53 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG PI1–54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNI PI1–65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO PI1–66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%O PI1–67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1–76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 VI PI1–78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGO PI1–80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORSG PI1–81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDSG PI1–82 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDI PI1–83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTSG PI1–91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O PI1–93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I PI1–94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONI PI1–99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONSG PI1–100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)I PI1–103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)I PI1–104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD PI1–105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO PI1–106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI PI1–107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO PI1–109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%O PI1–110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%SG PI1–111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–116 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUNDC PI1–123 CAN –C PI1–124 CAN +I PI1–127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI PI1–129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGSG PI1–130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUNDB+ PI1–134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Engine Management: V8 N/A – Part 1 Fig. 03.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
YU
YR
YG
YU
PIS29
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
PIS30
BB
P
P
PIS28
B
G26AR(G30AR)
B
BPI1-082
PI1-081
RW
N
G
Y
R
BW
RU
RU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 -4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
N
UY
N
RW
RW
PIS12
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-104
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-067
PI1-066
PI1-057
PI1-058
PI1-110
PI1-109
U U
B
B
1 2
-1-2PI16 -1-2PI17
YU
Y
PI20 -1
PI21-1
PI23-2
PI22-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI21-2
PI23-1
PI22-2
-2
BG BG
BG BG
PIS19
-1
B N
-2
B
O
Y
R
BG
N
G
N
GW
BK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4 PI24 -1 -2
GW
BK
U BG
GU
PIS21
E134
PI28 -3 -2 -1
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
YR
BG
PI27 -1 -2 -2 -3-1PI29 -2 -1
RG
OY
BG
OY
BK
BG
BG BG
BG
BG
OY OY
PI41-17
-21
PI41-14
RG
RG
-11
-6
-10
-7
OY
OY
BK
U
UY
BG
Y
U
YR
OY
RG
BK
O
B
BG
Y
PIS25
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
BG
-9-5
OY
OY
APP1 APP2
CR14-5
YRBG
Y
R
Y
W
Y
BG
R Y RW
GW
WBBG
GW
RW
Y
R
GO
OY
BG
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
Y
R
W
BG
Y
CR14-3 -4
CR14-2
CR14-6
CR14-1
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
CV2 -2 -1EC63 -2 -1
UY
GU
O GU
E133
E132
O
FP6-20
CR78 -2 -1
GO
NG
GO
O
UY
YU
YG
O
O PI1-059
PI1-060
YR
YU
PI15-4
PI15-1
PI15-6
PI15-3
GU
GU
PI15-2
PI15-5
E135
E136
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
GU
GO
Y
PI1-123
G
PI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
YR
02.2
18II
I
I
I02.2
02.2
I02.2
PI1-022
NR7
PI1-040
BW O01.8
–
+
O
I
PI1-024
WG
PI1-023
WG
43II
E106
E107
B
B
B
E141
E140
E142
E143
83
04.1
B
BB
B
1234
1 2
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GRO
PI41-38
PI41-39
27
E116
B
F24 20A EC26-5
EC19-5
GU
GR
8
6
10
7
R12 9
20.3
OO
CV5-8
GO
f03_3_35005
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
CKP
SENSOR
CMP
SENSORS
KNOCK
SENSORS
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
EOT
SENSOR
IP
SENSOR
EFT
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR
FTP
SENSOR*
PI13
PI19
FP1-4
NOTES:
*EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor –
NAS vehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.
BRD
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR:FAULT; CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
THROTTLE MOTOR
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
G26BR(G30BR)
G26AL(G30AL)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(Continued Fig. 03.4)
VVT SOLENOID VAVES EVAP CANISTER
PURGE VALVE
EVAP CANISTER
CLOSE VALVE*
BRAKE ON /
OFF SWITCH
EGR VALVE THROTTLE BODY
TP SENSOR
STEPPERMOTOR
THROTTLE
MOTORAPP SENSOR
PIS22PI41-18
ECS32
ECS31
EC1 EC1
FP6 FP6 FP6
PI41-23
PI41-29
PI41-10CR14
PIS11
PIS13
EC16 EC16
EC53-3 (LHD)EC53-5 (RHD)
EC1-3 (LHD)EC53-10 (RHD)
EC1-5
(LHD)EC53
-9(RHD)
EC61-5 (LHD) EC16-7 (RHD)
EC61-6 (LHD) EC16-8 (RHD)
EC16-7 (LHD) EC61-10 (RHD)
EC16-8 (LHD) EC61-11 (RHD)
EC61-7 (LHD) EC16-1 (RHD)
IATS
VARIANT: V8 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.4
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE AND MOTOR GC1 2-WAY / GREY RADIATOR COOLING FAN
EC20 2-WAY / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6
IGNITION CAPACITOR PI54 2-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI2 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI6 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI3 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI7 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI4 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI8 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI5 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI9 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE CR4 20-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR
CR11 26-WAY / NATURAL
CR12 12-WAY / BLACK
CR13 22-WAY / BLACK
CR71 17-WAY / BLACK
CR73 4-WAY / BLACK
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationEC21 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / RH SIDE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
FP2 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION / RH SIDE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
PI42 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG23 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I PI1–9 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDSS PI1–12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1–19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDO PI1–27 FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO REM): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%O PI1–34 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSS PI1–47 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCEI PI1–48 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–51 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%O PI1–61 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–62 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–63 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–64 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–87 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–88 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–89 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–90 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–112 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–117 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLEI PI1–132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown in Fig. 03.3.
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Speed Control Switches, Fig. 05.4.
RESUME
SET +
SET –
CANCEL
PI2 PI6 -4
IGNITION
CAPACITOR
FAN
COOLING FAN MODULE
AND MOTOR
GC1-1
EC20-2
CR73-3
CR73-4
CR4-3
CR12-8
CR13-1
CR13-2
REAR ELECTRONIC
MODULE
FUEL PUMP RELAY
CR5-1
CR82-7
FUEL PUMP DIODE (D1)
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP
FUEL TANK
NOTE: The ECM communicates (CAN / SCP)with the REM for Fuel Pump diagnostics.
VIA INERTIASWITCH
AIR CONDITIONING
PRESSURE SENSOR
BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH
1K0
2K2
510R
300R
180R
120R
IP55-11 (LHD)
IP9-3 (RHD)
IP55-12 (LHD)IP9-4 (RHD)
EC46-16 (LHD)EC61-3 (RHD)
VARIANT: V8 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.5
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR CA88 6-WAY / BLACK TOP OF ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH CR78 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CKP SENSOR PI21 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDER SIDE, FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING
CMP SENSOR 1 PI23 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 (RH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 PI22 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 (LH) CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12
TP SENSOR PI26 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY, THROTTLE SHAFT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCV5 12-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / CENTER
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC53 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / ABOVE LH FOOTWELL
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O PI1–1 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–2 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEPG PI1–4 POWER GROUND 1: GROUNDPG PI1–5 POWER GROUND 2: GROUNDI PI1–6 ENGINE CRANK: B+I PI1–7 IGNITION ON: B+I PI1–8 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–10 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATEDSS PI1–12 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSS PI1–13 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1–17 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–18 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUNDSG PI1–19 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDSG PI1–20 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUNDB+ PI1–22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ PI1–23 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+B+ PI1–24 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+SG PI1–29 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDSG PI1–30 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDI PI1–31 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI PI1–36 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–37 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–41 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSG PI1–43 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–44 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONSG PI1–45 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–46 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–50 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO PI1–52 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO PI1–53 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG PI1–54 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–55 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–56 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO PI1–57 EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–58 EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–59 EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNO PI1–60 EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2, 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURNI PI1–65 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO PI1–66 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100%O PI1–67 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI PI1–68 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–69 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–70 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–71 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–73 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–75 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 VI PI1–76 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 VI PI1–78 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI PI1–79 GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNINGO PI1–80 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORSG PI1–81 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDSG PI1–82 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDI PI1–83 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–84 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTSG PI1–91 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO PI1–92 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O PI1–93 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I PI1–94 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLESG PI1–95 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI PI1–98 BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONI PI1–99 BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATIONSG PI1–100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI PI1–102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 V (MAN)I PI1–103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN)I PI1–104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD PI1–105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO PI1–106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI PI1–107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI PI1–108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO PI1–109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%O PI1–110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%SG PI1–111 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUNDSG PI1–116 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUNDC PI1–123 CAN –C PI1–124 CAN +I PI1–127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI PI1–128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI PI1–129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGSG PI1–130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUNDB+ PI1–134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED
Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Engine Management: V8 SC – Part 1 Fig. 03.5
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
YU
YR
YG
YU
PIS29
G26BR(G30BR)
G26AL(G30AL)
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
PI1-116
PI1-111
PI1-091
PI1-054
PI1-030
PI1-029
PI1-018
PI1-017
PI1-004
PI1-005
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
PIS30
BB
P
P
B
BPI1-082
PI1-081
RW
N
G
Y
R
BW
RU
RU
PI10 PI12-3 -4 -1-2 -3 -4 -1-2
2/11/1
PI11 PI13-4 -3 -1-2 -4 -3 -1-2
2/21/2
R Y RU
WG
G N RW
WR
N B UY
WG
N B RW
WR
N
UY
N
RW
RW
PIS12
PIS13
PIS11
PI1-008
PI1-080
PI1-106
PI1-127
PI1-012
PI1-103
PI1-102
PI1-037
PI1-036
PI1-094
PI1-095
PI1-100
PI1-068
PI1-069
PI1-098
PI1-093
PI1-056
PI1-128
PI1-092
PI1-129
PI1-001
PI1-002
PI1-130
PI1-083
PI1-084
PI1-107
PI1-108
PI1-055
PI1-044
PI1-045
PI1-046
PI1-071
PI1-019
PI1-070
PI1-078
PI1-073
PI1-050
PI1-104
PI1-020
PI1-013
PI1-043
PI1-076
PI1-075
PI1-067
PI1-066
PI1-057
PI1-058
U U
PI58 -1
PI21-1
PI23-2
PI22-1
21
B O Y R N G B N
PI21-2
PI23-1
PI22-2
-2
BG BG
BG BG
PIS19
PI19 -1
B N
-2
B
O
Y
R
BG
N
G
N
GW
BK
I PI1-099N
BG
PI14 -1 -3 -2 PI25 -2 -1-5-4 PI24 -1 -2
GW
BK
U BG
GU
E134
PI28 -3 -2 -1
UY
BG
Y BG
U BG
OY
YR
BG
PI27 -1 -2 FP1 -2 -3-1PI29 -2 -1 -4
RG
OY
BG
OY
BK
BG
PIS40
ECS31
BG
BG
BG
PI41-18
OY OY
PI41-17
FP6-21
PI41-14
RG
RG
FP6-11
EC1-6
FP6-10
EC1-7
OY
OY
BK
U
UY
BG
Y
U
YR
OY
RG
BK
O
B
BG
Y
PIS25
ECS32
TP1
PI18-1
PI18-2
PI26-1
TP2
BG
BG
EC16-9
EC16-5
OY
OY
APP1 APP2
CR14-5
YRBG
Y
R
Y
W
Y
BG
R Y RW
GW
WBBG
GW
RW
Y
R
GO
OY
BG
PI41-8
PI41-7
PI41-6
PI41-12
PI41-3
Y
R
W
BG
Y
CR14-3
CR14-4
CR14-2
CR14-6
CR14-1
PI26-3
PI26-2
PI26-4
CV2 -2 -1EC63 -2 -1
UY
GU
O GU
E133
E132
PI41-29
PI41-10
O
FP6-20
PI41-23
C78 -2 -1
GO
NG
GO
O
UY
YU
YG
O
O PI1-059
PI1-060
YR
YU
PI15-4
PI15-1
PI15-6
PI15-3
GU
GU
PI15-2
PI15-5
E135
E136
PI1-006
PI1-007
PI1-010
GU
GO
Y
PI1-123
G
PI1-124
Y
PI1-105
W
C
C
D
20.1
20.1
20.2
PI1-031
PI1-079
PI1-041
GR
GO
YR
02.2
18II
I
I
I02.2
02.2
I02.2
PI1-022
NR7
PI1-040
BW O01.8
–
+
O
I
PI1-024
WG
PI1-023
WG
43II
E106
E107
B
B
B
E141
E140
E142
E143
83
04.1
B
BB
B
1234
1 2
PI1-134
GU
PI1-052
GRO
PI41-38
PI41-39
27
E116
B
F24 20A EC26-5
EC19-5
GU
GR
8
6
10
7
9
20.3
OO
CV5-8
PIS49
BG
PIS47
BG
BG
OY
PIS41
PI43 -1 -2
u
I PI1-072YU
BG
PIS28
B
G26AR(G30AR)
PIS48
GO
f03_5_35005
HO2 SENSORS
UPSTREAM
HO2 SENSORS
DOWNSTREAM
CKP
SENSOR
CMP
SENSORS
KNOCK
SENSORS
MAF
SENSOR
ECT
SENSOR
EOT
SENSOR
IP
SENSOR
EFT
SENSOR
MAP
SENSOR
FTP
SENSOR*
VIA INERTIA SWITCH
ENGINE CRANK
EMS CONTROL RELAY
GENERATOR:FAULT;
CHARGE WARNING
STARTER RELAY DRIVE
PARK; NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
NOTES:
*EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor –
NAS vehicles only.
Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires.
BRD
APP SENSOR
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE BODY
TP SENSOR
EGR VALVE
STEPPER
MOTOR
EVAP
CANISTER
CLOSE VALVE*
EVAP
CANISTER
PURGE VALVE*
IAT
SENSOR 2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(Continued Fig. 03.6)
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
THROTTLE MOTOR
RELAY
R12
EC1-3 (LHD)EC53-10 (RHD)
EC53-3 (LHD)EC53-5 (RHD)
EC61-5 (LHD) EC16-7 (RHD)
EC61-6 (LHD) EC16-8 (RHD)
EC16-7 (LHD) EC61-10 (RHD)
EC16-8 (LHD) EC61-11 (RHD)
EC61-7 (LHD) EC16-1 (RHD)
EC1
-5
(LHD)
EC53
-9
(RHD)
IATS
BRAKE
ON / OFF
SWITCH
VARIANT: V8 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 03.6
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION AND GROUNDS, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE EC37 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CR77 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
COOLING FAN MODULE AND MOTOR GC1 2-WAY / GREY RADIATOR COOLING FAN
EC20 2-WAY / GREY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control –refer to Speed Control Switches, Fig. 05.4.
RESISTOR PACK
CANCEL
SET –
SET +
RESUME
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown in Fig. 03.5.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(Continued from Fig. 03.5)
GC1-1
EC20-2
CR12-8
CR13-1
CR13-2
G3BL
PI42-1
1K0
2K2
510R
300R
180R
120R
IP55-11 (LHD)IP9-3 (RHD)
IP55-12 (LHD)IP9-4 (RHD)
EC16-12 (LHD)EC61-8 (RHD)
EC46-13 (LHD)EC53-7 (RHD)
EC46-16 (LHD)EC61-3 (RHD)
VARIANT: V8 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 04.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
TCM CAPACITOR (V6) GB17 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TCM CAPACITOR (V8) PI59 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationGB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG26 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G30 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE / REARWARD OF SUSPENSION TOWER
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Transmission Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
C GB2–2 CAN –C GB2–6 CAN +B+ GB2–9 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+O GB2–10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG GB2–13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ GB2–14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+PG GB2–16 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 05.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSORS CLUSTER IP23 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / REARWARD OF J-GATE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCV5 12-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / CENTER
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Dynamic Stability Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ EC30–1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – PUMP: B+— EC30–3 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (A): PULSED SIGNALB+ EC30–4 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+SG EC30–5 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUNDI EC30–6 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (B): PULSED SIGNALSS EC30–7 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+SG EC30–8 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI EC30–9 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUNDC EC30–11 CAN +C EC30–12 CAN +O EC30–13 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL (SLIDING ROOF THRESHOLD): < 62 KM/H (38.5 MPH) = GROUND; > 62 KM/H (38.5 MPH) = B+C EC30–14 CAN –C EC30–15 CAN –PG EC30–16 POWER GROUND – VALVES: GROUNDSS EC30–17 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSS EC30–18 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSG EC30–19 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUNDI EC30–20 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESSG EC30–24 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC EC30–25 CAN – (LOCAL)SS EC30–26 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSS EC30–27 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN (NOMINAL 5 V): OPEN / CLOSED CIRCUITI EC30–28 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUNDC EC30–29 CAN + (LOCAL)SS EC30–30 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED (NOMINAL 5 V): CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUITO EC30–31 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND (PWM)B+ EC30–32 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – VALVES: B+SG EC30–33 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI EC30–34 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONI EC30–36 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONSG EC30–37 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI EC30–40 ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG EC30–42 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI EC30–43 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONI EC30–45 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTIONSG EC30–46 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDPG EC30–47 POWER GROUND – PUMP: GROUND
Dynamic Stability ControlJaguar XJ 2005 Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
EC30-45G20.1
EC30-14
NR
W
G2BR
U I
9
41II
B
EC44-2 EC15-2EC44-1 EC15-1
H H
NW
EC30-3210 B
B
Y
G20.1
EC30-15
EC30-1220.1
Y
G14.1
EC30-13
EC30-1120.1
O
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
EC30-16
B
EC30-47
B
P
P
CAN
EC52-2
UY O
CV6-2 CV8-2
NB NB
CV6-1 CV8-1
H H
EC30-46
EC30-34
EC30-33
EC30-36
EC30-37
EC30-43
EC30-42
Y
N
W
NR
WR
NG
WU
NG
WGI
I
I
I
EC46-10
EC46-11
EC34-2
EC34-3
EC34-1
EC30-19
BG
EC30-18
YU
EC30-20
GUI
U
R
BK
EC30-29
Y
EC30-25
U
EC30-24
B
EC30-26
G
EC30-40
U
EC30-27
YU
EC30-30
YR
EC30-28
WG
EC30-31
BW
EC30-17
RW
Y
IP37-2
U
IP37-3
R
IP37-4
BK
IP37-1
BK
IP23-5
R
IP23-3
Y
IP23-2
U
IP23-1
CC
–+
IP55-18
IP8-11
I
I
IPS14
IPS10
C
C
IP55-16
IP55-17
–
+
EC10-3
EC10-1
EC10-2
EC3-5
EC3-2
EC3-1
EC3-4
EC3-3
I
O
B
G
U
YU
YR
WG
BW
RW
I
G2BL
GY RB
CV5-11
CV5-12
CV5-10
N
W
NR
WR
R
W
R
W
R
BK
IP32-11
IP32-10
B
G
Y
G
Y
C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
IP32-1
GO
G32AL
50II
B
IP32-12
P
IPS5
B
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER f05_1_35005
BRAKE PRESSURE
SENSOR
LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
LH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSOR
RH REARWHEEL SPEED
SENSORSTEERING ANGLE
SENSOR
YAW RATE AND LATERAL
ACCELERATION SENSORS
CLUSTER
REFER TO APPENDIXDSC / CAN MESSAGES
DSC SWITCH
J-GATE MODULE
BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR
PRESSUREPUMP
DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL DISABLE
SLIDING ROOF:VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CONTROL
VALVES
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
MODULE
ACTIVE BRAKE
BOOSTER SOLENOID
PEDAL FORCE
SWITCH
PEDALTRAVEL
SENSOR
EC30-4
EC30-1PUMP
VALVES
LOCAL
VALVES
PUMP
IP32-9
IP32-2
EC52-1 EC30-9
EC30-8
EC30-3
EC30-6
EC30-7
EC30-5
EC46-7
EC46-8
FP6-8
FP6-9
FP6-6
FP6-7
IP55-5
IP55-8
CV5-9
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 05.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCV1 6-WAY / GREY / FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS TO PARKING BRAKE MOTOR HARNESS REAR OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
FP2 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION / RH SIDE
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
Parking Brake ModulePin Description and Characteristic
S CR32–01 SCP +I CR32–04 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR POSITION SENSOR FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI CR32–05 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – APPLY: CHANGE IN RESISTANCEI CR32–06 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH – RELEASE: CHANGE IN RESISTANCES CR32–07 SCP –SS CR32–10 SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSG CR32–12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR50–01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O CR50–02 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR DISENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+O CR50–03 PARKING BRAKE MOTOR ENGAGE: ACTIVATE = B+PG CR50–04 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Electronic Parking Brake; Variable Assist Power SteeringJaguar XJ 2005 Electronic Parking Brake; Variable Assist Power Steering Fig. 05.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
RW
WU RW
G18BL
U
Y
O
NW
B
G24CS
46
P
B
IP6-15
WB
IP6-17
B
RW
IP6-16
O W
S
S
20.220.3
WU
YB BK
I
I
H
GW
Y
YB
WU
O
CR32-12
I
CRS33
WU
U
Y
IP6-20
IP6-1020.220.3
S
S
RW
WU
20.220.3
WU
TL93-12
RW
GW
Y
YB
WU
RW
GW
Y
YB
WU
FP6-5
BP
G31BL
IPS2
B
20.220.3
RW
W
39II
+
–
+
–
33II
BKTLS55
O
f05_2_35005
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING
REFER TO APPENDIXEPB / SCP MESSAGES SCP
TL82-6
TL82-1
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
RELEASE
APPLY
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
TL82-4
TL82-8
TL82-2
TL28-14
NOTE: TLS55 – Heated Rear Seatsvehicles only.
TL28-13 CR32-6
CR32-7
CR50-1
CR32-1
CR32-5
PARKING BRAKE MODULE
CR50-4
CR32-4
CR32-10
CR50-2
CR50-3FP2-3
FP2-6
FP6-3
FP6-4
CV1-5
CV1-1
CV1-2
CV1-3
CV1-4
CV7-1
CV7-6
CV7-3
CV7-4
CV7-5
PARKING BRAKE
MOTOR
VEHICLE SPEED
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IP6-2
EC33-1
EC33-2
VARIABLE ASSIST
STEERING ACTUATOR
100R 100R
150R453R
150R453R
IP9-5 (LHD)IP55-2 (RHD)
IP9-6 (LHD)IP55-3 (RHD)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 05.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR SUSPENSION COMPRESSOR EC60 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE / REARWARD OF FRONT BUMPER BEAM
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE CR88 9-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
CR89 12-WAY / BLACK
CR90 15-WAY / BLACK
CR91 18-WAY / BLACK
AIR SUSPENSION PRESSURE SENSOR CR92 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / UNDER SPARE WHEEL / AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK
AIR SUSPENSION RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK CR22 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / UNDER SPARE WHEEL
AIR SUSPENSION VENT SOLENOID EC62 2-WAY / BLACK AIR SUSPENSION COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY
DAMPER ACTUATOR – LH FRONT EC47 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DAMPER / TOP
DAMPER ACTUATOR – LH REAR TL33 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DAMPER / TOP
DAMPER ACTUATOR – RH FRONT EC12 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DAMPER / TOP
DAMPER ACTUATOR – RH REAR CR23 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DAMPER / TOP
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
SS CR90-01 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VI CR90-02 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSG CR90-03 LH FRONT HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS CR90-07 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VI CR90-08 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSG CR90-09 LH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS CR90-10 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VI CR90-11 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSG CR90-12 RH REAR HEIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS CR90-13 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VI CR90-14 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSG CR90-15 PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR91-01 AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVES POWER SUPPLY: PWM +O CR91-02 LH FRONT AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –O CR91-03 RH FRONT AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –O CR91-05 LH REAR AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –O CR91-06 RH REAR AIR SPRING SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –O CR91-08 RESERVOIR SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM –B+ CR91-10 COMPRESSOR VENT VALVE POWER SUPPLY: PWM +O CR91-11 COMPRESSOR VENT VALVE DRIVE: PWM –O CR91-12 AIR SUSPENSION RELAY ACTIVATE: PWM –I CR91-14 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSS CR91-16 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VI CR91-17 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 VSG CR91-18 ACCELEROMETER SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
S IP6–10 SCP –C IP6–18 CAN +C IP6–19 CAN –S IP6–20 SCP +
Air Suspension SystemJaguar XJ 2005 Air Suspension System Fig. 05.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
U
Y20.220.3
IP6-20
IP6-10
S
S
B
R
CR22-6
NW6 B
YG
BP
G17AL
N B
S98
Y
G
+
–C
C20.1
20.1
20.220.3
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP6-18
IP6-19
–
+
G
I
GB
GU
G
GB
EC61-14
GU
CR90-10
YR
I
CR90-12
YUCR90-11
YG
YRYR
YUYU
FP6-15
YGYG
BW
I
BK
BR
FP6-16
BWBW
FP6-17
BKBK
FP6-18
BRBR
CR91-16
Y
I
CR91-17
G
CR91-18
BK
CRS31
Y
EC1-11
Y
EC1-12
G
CRS32
BK
EC1-13
BK
I
CR91-14
GO
YY
GO
BKBK
CAN
CR22-1
CR22-2
CR22-3
CR22-4
CR22-5
O WR
O WB
O WU
O WG
O BO
CR90-14
G
CR90-15
BK
CR90-13
Y
WR
BO
O
O
+
–
WU
CR89-10
BG
O
O
+
–
WG
BK
O
O
+
–
WB
BG
O
O
+
–
CR92-2
CR92-1
CR92-3
EC47-1
EC47-2
EC12-1
EC12-2
TL33-1
TL33-2
CR23-1
CR23-2
EC61-15
WR
BO
WU
BG
TL93-10
WG
BK
I
31
F6 40A
NR B
G2AR
ECS4CR91-12
O NR
CR91-11
O U
CR91-10
YU
U
YU
EC61-13
B
G1BS
20.1
20.1
H
H
H
YO 08.6
3
2
5
1
R1 4
B
B
f05_3_35005
REFER TO APPENDIXASM / CAN MESSAGES
BRAKE ON / OFF;TRAILER TOW
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LH FRONT
HEIGHT SENSOR
RH REAR
HEIGHT SENSOR
LH REAR
HEIGHT SENSOR
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
EC45-5
EC45-4
EC45-1
CV3-5
CV3-4
CV3-1
CV4-5
CV4-4
CV4-1
EC13-3
EC13-2
EC13-1
TL34-3
TL34-2
TL34-1
EC61-1
EC61-2
CV5-4
CV5-6
CV5-5
CV5-1
CV5-3
CV5-2
TL93-6
TL93-8
TL93-7
FP6-1
FP6-2
CR88-1
CR88-2
CR88-7
CR88-8
CR90-1
CR90-2
CR90-3
CR90-7
CR90-8
CR90-9
CR89-3
CR91-1
CR91-2
CR91-3
CR91-5
CR91-6
CR91-8
CR89-4
CR89-1
CR89-5
CR89-7
CR89-8
CR89-11
CR89-2
CR88-3
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
EC61-9
EC16-2
TL93-9
EC16-4
EC16-3
EC61-4
HEADLAMP UNITS:HEADLAMP
LEVELING SENSOR INPUT
AIR SUSPENSION VALVE BLOCK
AIR SPRING SOLENOIDS
LHFRONT
RHFRONT
LHREAR
RHREAR
RESERVOIR
SOLENOID
PRESSURE
SENSOR
LH FRONT
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
RH FRONT
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
LH REAR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
RH REAR
DAMPER
ACTUATOR
EC40-1
AIR SUSPENSION RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
EC32-2
EC41-9
EC60-2
EC62-1
EC62-2
COMPRESSOR
EC60-1
VENT
SOLENOID
AIR SUSPENSION
COMPRESSOR
NOTE: The Air Suspension System is designed tofunction with three height sensors. No height sensoris installed at the RH FRONT of the vehicle.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 05.4
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Dynamic Stability Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
C EC30–11 CAN +C EC30–12 CAN +C EC30–14 CAN –C EC30–15 CAN –
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
SS PI1-047 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCEI PI1-048 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDC PI1-123 CAN –C PI1-124 CAN +
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
C IP6–08 CAN +C IP6–09 CAN –C IP6–18 CAN +C IP6–19 CAN –
Speed Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
C IP78–02 CAN – (LOCAL)C IP78–03 CAN + (LOCAL)O IP78–05 FORWARD ALERT INDICATOR DRIVEO IP78–06 CHIME MODULE DRIVE: CHIME ACTIVATEC IP78–08 CAN –C IP78–09 CAN +PG IP78–12 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ IP78–14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ IP78–15 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I IP78–20 FORWARD ALERT SWITCH
Transmission Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
C GB2–02 CAN –C GB2–06 CAN +
Adaptive Speed ControlJaguar XJ 2005 Adaptive Speed Control Fig. 05.4
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
G
Y
PI1-124
PI1-123
PI1-47
YR I
PI1-48
YG
C
C
20.1
20.1
G
Y C
C
U U
RR
G31AL
PI41-25
PI41-24
SW8-8
YR
YG
YR
YG
G
YC
C
20.1
20.1–
+
G
EC30-15
Y
G
EC30-14
EC30-12
Y
EC30-1120.1 C
C
C
C
–
+
–
+
CAN
G
Y
IP6-18
IP6-19
C
C
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
20.1
IPS35
–
+
–
+
–
+
I
f05_4_35005
IP50-4
IP50-7
FORWARD ALERT
SWITCH
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH
WG
R
30II
RI
B
G31BS
PIPS6
B
IP11-3
IP11-1
SPEED CONTROL CHIME
MODULE
IP11-4
STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
NOTE: Vehicles without Adaptive Speed Control –
refer to Speed Control Switches, Figs. 03.2, 03.4, 03.6.
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
SW8-6
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL:REFER TO FIGURESERIES 03.
GB2-6
GB2-2
TRANSMISSIONSTATUS
BRAKE FORCE
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL MODULE
REFER TO APPENDIXASC / CAN MESSAGES
BRAKE CONTROL:REFER TO FIG. 05.1.
IP6-8
IP6-9WARNINGS;MESSAGE CENTER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1K0
2K2
510R
300R
180R
120R
RESISTOR PACK
CANCEL
SET -
HEADWAY +
HEADWAY -
SET +
RESUME
270R
IP55-11 (LHD)IP9-3 (RHD)
IP55-12 (LHD)IP9-4 (RHD)
EC23-3IP78-2
WG
NW
IP78-14
IP78-15
IP78-12
B B
IP78-5
IP78-20
30II
P
B
B
B
B
B
S74
EC23-2
B
R
U
NW
WG
R
U
G01AL
PO
I
SPEED CONTROL SENSOR
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
G
Y
IP78-9
IP78-8
C
C
20.1
20.1
IP55-7
EC23-4IP78-3
IP78-6
IP55-1
EC23-1
EC23-5
IP55-13
29II
S74
C
C
LOCAL
C
C
LOCAL
O
VARIANT: Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 06.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI49 2-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR EC11 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE
AIR INTAKE SERVO AC103 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AIR INTAKE
AIR MIX SERVO – LH AC8 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE
AIR MIX SERVO – RH AC9 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH SIDE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC48 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER / CENTER RIGHT
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL CC20 12-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO – RH AC5 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH SIDE
COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO – LH AC4 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE
DUAL SOLAR SENSOR IP45 3-WAY / NATURAL INSTRUMENT PANEL / FRONT CENTER
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC1 2-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / EVAPORATOR
HUMIDITY SENSOR IP48 4-WAY / NATURAL CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IP48 4-WAY / NATURAL CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
MODE SERVO – LH AC6 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE
MODE SERVO – RH AC7 7-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH SIDE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR – LH AC2 2-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH OUTLET
OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR – RH AC3 2-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH OUTLET
SMOG SENSOR EC42 6-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF COOLING PACK / CENTER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC16 12-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
IP20 16-WAY / BLUE / AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / LH SIDE TO CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNELNOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Climate Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I AC100-01 IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI AC100-02 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI AC100-03 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – LH: VOLTAGE DECREASES A LIGHT INCREASESI AC100-04 DUAL SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL – RH: VOLTAGE DECREASES A LIGHT INCREASESI AC100-05 RH AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI AC100-06 RH MODE SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI AC100-07 RH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGESS AC100-08 SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VO AC100-09 PANEL ILLUMINATION: SIGNAL FROM RCCM TO PANEL FOR ILLUMINATION REQUIREMENTSI AC100-10 LH OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI AC100-11 RH OUTLET AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI AC100-12 AIR INTAKE SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI AC100-13 LH AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI AC100-14 LH MODE SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI AC100-15 LH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGESG AC100-16 SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
O AC101-02 PANEL COMMUNICATION CLOCK: SYNCHRONIZATION PULSES: 1 KHZ, 50% DUTYD AC101-03 PANEL COMMUNICATION SWITCH DATA: INDICATES SWITCH BEING PRESSEDI AC101-04 PANEL COMMUNICATION BLANK: INDICATES TO CCM TO MAKE PANEL BLANK DURING CRANKI AC101-06 PANEL BUZZER: INDICATES TO CCM TO MAKE AUDIO BEEPO AC101-07 RH AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-08 LH AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-09 AIR INTAKE SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-10 RH MODE SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-11 LH MODE SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-12 RH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-13 LH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI AC101-14 HUMIDITY SENSOR SIGNAL: 0.7 VOLTS = 10% HUMIDITY (DRY); 2.5 VOLTS = 60% HUMIDITY (TYPICAL); 3.0 VOLTS = 90% HUMIDITY (DAMP)D AC101-16 PANEL COMMUNICATION DATA: INDICATES TO PANEL WHICH LCD SEGMENTS OR LEDS ARE TO BE ILLUMINATEDO AC101-17 PANEL COMMUNICATION STX: SYNCHRONIZATION PULSES: 30 HZ, 3% DUTYSG AC101-18 PANEL SHIELD: GROUNDO AC101-19 PANEL BACK LIGHTING: CCM INDICATES TO PANEL TO BACKLIGHT LCDO AC101-20 RH AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-21 LH AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-22 AIR INTAKE SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-23 RH MODE SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-24 LH MODE SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-25 RH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO AC101-26 LH COOL AIR BYPASS / DEFROST SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
B+ CR119-02 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ CR119-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+O CR119-04 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO CR119-05 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH DRIVE – : GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDC CR119-06 CAN +C CR119-07 CAN –I CR119-08 SMOG SENSOR HC SIGNAL: RESISTANCE TO SENSOR GROUND (CR119-18) VARIES WITH HYDROCARBON / CO CONCENTRATIONI CR119-11 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLEC CR119-16 CAN +C CR119-17 CAN –SG CR119-18 AMBIENT AIR; SMOG SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI CR119-19 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI CR119-20 SMOG SENSOR NOX SIGNAL: RESISTANCE TO SENSOR GROUND (CR119-18) VARIES WITH NOX CONCENTRATIONPG CR119-22 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
SS PI1-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSG PI1-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDI PI1-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
C PI1-123 CAN –C PI1-124 CAN +
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
C IP6–08 CAN +C IP6–09 CAN –S IP6–10 SCP –S IP6–20 SCP +
Climate Control: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 06.1
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 06.2
NOTE: FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUXILIARY COOLANT PUMP CP4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE / REARWARD OF COOLING PACK
BLOWER AC105 2-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / BETWEEN AIR INTAKE AND MAIN UNIT
BLOWER CONTROLLER AC104 4-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / BETWEEN AIR INTAKE AND MAIN UNIT / TOP
BLOWER RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
HEATED REAR VIEW MIRROR – DRIVER DD9 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
HEATED REAR VIEW MIRROR – PASSENGER PD9 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5
HEATED REAR WINDOW HW1 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HW2 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HEATED WIPER PARK RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CR3 4-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR
CR5 4-WAY / BLACK
CR68 8-WAY / BLACK
CR80 4-WAY / BLACK
CR81 8-WAY / BLACK
CR82 12-WAY / BLACK
CR83 4-WAY / BLACK
CR84 8-WAY / BLACK
CR97 8-WAY / BLACK
CR98 10-WAY / BLACK
WINDSHIELD HEATED WIPER PARK CR27 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR39 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH CR20 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR27 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH CR39 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
CR43 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / RH UPPER ‘A’ POST (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCP1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR RH SIDE
CR24 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE
CR25 2-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC2 2-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
EC61 22-WAY / NATURAL / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH UPPER ‘A’ POST
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G8 CABIN / ABOVE RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Climate Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O AC101-01 LOWER MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL: HIGH BLOWER = HIGH VOLTAGE; LOW BLOWER = LOW VOLTAGEI AC101-15 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SIGNAL: 0 VOLTS WHEN RELAY IS OPEN; WHEN RELAY CLOSED LOWER VOLTAGE INDICATES MORE BLOWER VOLTAGE
O CR119-09 HEATED WIPER PARK; HEATED WINDSHIELD RELAY(S) ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR119-10 BLOWER RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR119-21 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Climate Control: Part 2Jaguar XJ 2005 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 06.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
G8AS(G7AR)
CR83-4
W
CR25-1
CR80-1
NR
EC1-16
CR80-2
UY
CR24-1
CR84-1 CP4-1
OY
CP1-5
BW
DD9-9
U
PD9-9
AC105-2
CRS8
EC2-1
EC54-1
EC2-1
BW
GW
GO
GW
F7 40A
O RU
58
F8 10A
3
1
5
2
R1 4
S87
O R
U
O RW
I
F19 30A
F20 10A
60
23II
CR119-21
O GW
RW
F7 40A
F32 40A
F7 40A
26II
26II
33
33
DD1-11
W
NR
UY
NR
UY
OY OY
PD16-11
OY OY
CP4-2
B
CP1-4
G3BL
BB
DD9-10
B
DDS1
G9AL(G10AL)
BB
PD9-10
B
PDS1
G10AR(G9AR)
BB
CR39
GW
G9DS
B
CR20
GO
CR27
G9DS
B
CR39
GW
CR43
G10CSB
B
EC32-4
EC4-4
EC32-4
EC41-10
32
ECS3
DD3-6
PD1-7
3
1
5
2
R5 4
3
1
5
2
R13 4
3
1
5
2
R3 4
3
1
5
2
R13 4
f06_2_35005
CONTROL AND SENSORINPUTS: FIG. 06.1
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
(Continued from Fig. 06.1)
NOTE: CCM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 06.1.
AC101-1
AC101-15
CR119-10
CR119-9
AC104-2
AC104-3
AC104-1CR25-2
AC104-4
BLOWER CONTROLLER
CR84-8
CR81-6
BLOWER RELAY
HEATED REAR
WINDOW RELAY
REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
HEATED WIPER
PARK RELAY
LH WINDSHIELD
HEATER RELAY
RH WINDSHIELD
HEATER RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
(HEATED WIPER PARKVEHICLES)
(HEATED WINDSHIELDVEHICLES)
AC105-1
HW1
BLOWER
AUXILIARY
COOLANT PUMP
HEATED REAR WINDOW
DRIVER HEATED
REAR VIEW MIRROR
PASSENGER HEATED REAR
VIEW MIRROR
WINDSHIELD HEATED
WIPER PARK
HW2
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
CR27
EC61-18 (LHD)EC46-9 (RHD)
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 06.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationMAGNETIC VALVE RA11 UNKNOWN REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REAR AIR MIX SERVO – LH RA7 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / TOP
REAR AIR MIX SERVO – RH RA8 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / RH SIDE / TOP
REAR BLOWER RA4 2-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / FRONT
REAR BLOWER CONTROLLER RA3 4-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / FRONT
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE RA1 16-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
RA2 12-WAY / BLACK
REAR EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR RA10 2-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / EVAPORATOR
REAR MODE SERVO RA9 5-WAY / BLACK REAR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / LH SIDE / BOTTOM
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationIP66 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO REAR AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Climate Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I RAI-01 REAR MODE SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI RAI-02 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEI RAI-03 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: CLOSED DIRECTION = LOWER VOLTAGE; OPEN DIRECTION = HIGHER VOLTAGEO RAI-06 MAGNETIC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNALC RAI-08 CAN +I RAI-09 REAR EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESSS RAI-11 SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 VSG RAI-12 SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI RAI-13 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SIGNAL: HIGH BLOWER = HIGH VOLTAGE; LOW BLOWER = LOW VOLTAGEO RAI-14 BLOWER MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL: 0 VOLTS WHEN RELAY IS OPEN; WHEN RELAY CLOSED, LOWER VOLTAGE INDICATES MORE BLOWER VOLTAGEC RAI-16 CAN –
PG RA2-01 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI RA2-03 DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING: B+ PWMO RA2-04 REAR MODE SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO RA2-05 REAR MODE SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO RA2-06 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDB+ RA2-07 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ RA2-08 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+O RA2-10 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO RA2-11 RH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE + : B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO RA2-12 LH REAR AIR MIX SERVO DRIVE – : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Rear Climate ControlJaguar XJ 2005 Rear Climate Control Fig. 06.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
WR
WR
KB I
WR B
P
G32BS
NW
IP66-14
G
B
RA1-14
O GW
RA1-13
BWI
RA1-6O
RW
RA4-2
14II
15II
R20.1
RA1-16
RY20.1 C
C –
+
RB B
15II
S77
09.2
IP66-10
RA7-3
RA7-1
RA7-2
RA7-4
RA7-5
U BW BW BWYU YB YR KG GKU KWU W
RA10-1RA10
-2
URI
O U
RA8-3
RA8-1
RA8-2
RA8-4
RA8-5
U U
RA9-3
RA9-1
RA9-2
RA9-4
RA9-5
O KU
YUI
O KW
O W
YBI
O G
O KG
YRI
NRRAS11
OWRAS10
CAN
–
+
–
+
–
+
NB B
f06_3_35005
REFER TO APPENDIX REARCCM / CAN MESSAGES
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
RA2-7
RA2-8
RA1-8
RA2-3
RA1-9
RA1-2
RA2-12
RA2-6
RA1-3
RA2-11
RA2-10
RA1-1
RA2-5
RA2-4
RA1-12
RA1-11
RA2-1
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
(INCLUDES CONTROL PANEL)
RA3-2
RA3-3
RA3-1
RA3-4
REAR BLOWER
CONTROLLER
UR BW
REAR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
LH REAR AIR MIX
SERVO
RH REAR AIR MIX
SERVO REAR MODE SERVO
RA4-1
REAR BLOWER
RA11-1 RA11-2
MAGNETIC VALVE
VARIANT: Rear Climate Control Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 07.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCP1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / RH SIDE
FP6 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK / RH SIDE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP17 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
I IP5-01 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATORI IP5-02 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY INB+ IP5-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ IP5-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+I IP5-05 LOW ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL WARNING: GROUND WHEN COOLANT LEVEL LOWI IP5-07 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING (J-GATE): GROUND WHEN NOT-IN-PARKI IP5-08 SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUNDSG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ IP6-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+C IP6–08 CAN +C IP6–09 CAN –S IP6-10 SCP –C IP6–18 CAN +C IP6–19 CAN –S IP6-20 SCP +
SG IP7-03 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-04 TRIP COMPUTER – MESSAGE CENTER SIGNALS: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI IP7-11 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI IP7-14 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH – MESSAGE CENTER SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+I CR4-15 RH SIDE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI CR4-16 LH SIDE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
PG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG CR11-23 FUEL LEVEL SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE:SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING DRIVE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
J GATE: NOT-IN-PARK(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
IP6-3
IP5-4
IP5-3
IP6-8
IP6-9
IP6-18
IP6-19
IP5-8
IP5-7
IP5-2
IP7-4
IP7-3
IP33-2
IP17-2
IP17-1
IP5-1
IGNITION SWITCH
KEY-IN
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCHES
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH
TRIP CYCLE
SWITCH
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH
(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
RESET
TRIP A / B
MLS / KM
LOGIC
AIRBAGWARNINGS
AIRBAG WARNINGINDICATOR
SEAT BELT AUDIBLEWARNING
KEY-IN AUDIBLEWARNING
KEY-IN AUDIBLEWARNING
MESSAGE CENTER
MESSAGE CENTER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOW ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
WARNING
LOW OIL PRESSUREWARNING
IP5-5
IP6-2
CP1-6 CP3-1 CP1-7
ENGINE COOLANT
LEVEL SWITCH
ENGINE OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
REFER TO APPENDIXCAN / IC MESSAGES
CR4-3
CR13-1
CR13-2
RH SIDE FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
LOGIC
FP4-1
FP4-3
FP7-3 (N/A)
FP3-3 (SC)
FP7-1 (N/A)
FP3-1 (SC)
LH SIDE FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
FUEL TANK
160R20R
160R20R
20.2
20.2 20.3
20.3
20.3 20.2
20.220.3
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
PG CR1-26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S CR9-01 SCP –B+ CR9-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+S CR9-07 SCP +SG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR10-04 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR10-10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDPG CR10-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-14 POWER GROUND: GROUNDO CR10-15 SIDE MARKER LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG CR85-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O EC36-07 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-13 LH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-15 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-18 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-21 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-22 RH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
O IP5-09 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+SG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ IP6-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S IP6-10 SCP –S IP6-20 SCP +
I IP7-01 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUNDI IP7-02 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-03 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-06 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI IP7-12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: MAIN; FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI IP7-13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: OFF; SIDE; DIP; AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-21 AUTOLAMP SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
Exterior Lighting: FrontJaguar XJ 2005 Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 08.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
B
IP36-1
CL3-7
IPS35
B
G31AL
IP26-4
B
WU
WR
CL2-2
CL1-5
G15AR
U
YO
NW
CR10-13
B
80
P
B
S
S
BK
CR10-11
B P
CR10-14
B P
CR85-2B P
CR1-26
BK P
G9BL
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
O87 B
SCP
IP26-3
WG
IP26-1
WU
IP26-2
W
IP26-6
BW
WUIPS22
Y
CL1-7
YB
BO
IP33-7
IP36-4
WB I
IP7-21
IP7-13
IP7-12
IP7-15
O
I
I
I
I
I
OY
EC49-2
OBO
BF7-1
BW
EC57-9
BR
EC57-6
B
B
BF9-2 BF9-1
O
EC31-2
OBO
BF6-1
RW
BK
EC61-22CR10-15
O BO
EC53-2
O BW
EC36-13
O BR
BR
EC6-9
EC6-8
BW
OY
OG
BGEC36-19
O BG
BF1-8
BO
EC1-19CR10-10
O BR
EC36-22
O BW
S53
S66
S54
S69
S67
B
BF8-2 BF8-1
RW
B B
G2AR
BFS2
RWBFS1
EC36-18
O UY
BF1-1021
OY
IP6-2
BP
IP5-14
B
G31BL
IPS2
IPS6
B
B
NW B
S60
WU
YY
CL3-5 CC10-2CL3-3CCS3
BB
CR9-12
B
G9BRG9CL
–
+
–
+
RW
17
18
3
1
5
2
R2 4
F16 20A
EC36-21
O
O
U
OG19
20
F9 20A
EC36-15
O
3
1
5
2
R5 4
F8 20A
S68O
3
1
5
2
R6 4
F18 15A
RW
22
G1AR
B
G3BR
BFS5
BO
IP36-6
CC10-3
WU
f08_1_35005
AUTO LAMP
SENSOR
AUTOLAMP
DIP BEAM
SIDE LAMPS
OFF
AUTOLAMP
EXIT DELAY1
EXIT DELAY 2
EXIT DELAY 3
LH TURN
RH TURN
FLASH
MAIN BEAM
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH
(COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
HAZARD SWITCH
AND INDICATOR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH
FRONT
REAR
IP6-3
IP7-2
IP7-3
IP5-9
IP7-6
IP7-1
20.2
20.220.2 20.3 20.3
20.320.2 20.3
CR9-6
CR9-7
CR9-1
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
LOGIC
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / FEM LIGHTING MESSAGES
EC36-7
CR10-4
EC40-8
EC41-3
EC40-4
DIP BEAM
RELAY
FRONT FOG
LAMP RELAY
MAIN BEAM
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
EC40-5
EC35-8
EC40-3
EC35-4
EC35-3
EC49-1
LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
EC57-8
EC57-4
EC57-7 EC57-3
LH HEADLAMP UNIT
SIDE
TURN
DIP
MAIN
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
EC6-7
EC6-4
EC6-6
RH HEADLAMP UNIT
EC31-1
RH TURN SIGNAL
REPEATER
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
(NAS ONLY)
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
(NAS ONLY)
BF6-2
BF7-2
EC6-3
BF1-9
470R
270R
180R
470R
270R
180R
56R
220R
270R
470R
220R
270R
470R
1K2
1K2
3K9
820R (LHD)470R (RHD)
470R (LHD)820R (RHD)
IP33-5 (LHD)IP33-6 (RHD)
MAIN
DIP
TURN
SIDE
VARIANT: Non HID Headlamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
G2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
PG CR1-26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S CR9-01 SCP –B+ CR9-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+S CR9-07 SCP +SG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR10-04 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR10-10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDPG CR10-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-14 POWER GROUND: GROUNDO CR10-15 SIDE MARKER LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PG CR85-02 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O EC36-07 LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-13 LH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-15 HEADLAMP DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-18 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-19 RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-21 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-22 RH SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
O IP5-09 HAZARD INDICATOR: PULSED B+SG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ IP6-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S IP6-10 SCP –S IP6-20 SCP +
I IP7-01 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING: TURN = VARIABLE RESISTANCE; HAZARD = GROUNDI IP7-02 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: EXIT DELAY: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-03 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-06 FOG LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI IP7-12 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: MAIN; FLASH: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI IP7-13 MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNALS: OFF; SIDE; DIP; AUTOLAMP: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-21 AUTOLAMP SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
Exterior Lighting: Front – HIDJaguar XJ 2005 Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Fig. 08.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
BIPS35
B
G31AL
EC35-4
B
WU
WR
G15AR
EC36-7
U
Y
CR9-7
CR9-1
ONW
CR9-6
CR10-13
B
80
P
B
20.220.3 S
S
BK
CR10-11
B P
CR10-14
B P
B PCR1-26
BK P
G9BL
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
O
IP6-387 B
SCP
WG
WU
W
BW
WUIPS22
Y
YB
BO
IP36-4
WB I
IP7-21
IP7-13
IP7-2
IP7-1
IP7-12
IP7-3
IP5-9
IP7-6
IP7-15
O
I
I
I
I
I
OY
EC49-2
OBO
BF7-1 BF7-2
BW
BR
B
B
BF9-2 BF9-1
O
EC31-2
OBO
BF6-1 BF6-2
RW
BK
EC61-22CR10-15
O BO
CR10-4
O BW
EC36-13
O BR
BR
BW
EC6-6
OY
EC6-4
OG
EC6-7
BGEC36-19
O BG
BO
EC1-19CR10-10
O BR
EC36-22
O BW
S54
S66
S53
S69
S67
B
BF8-2 BF8-1
RW
B B
G2AR
BF1-9BFS2
RWBFS1
EC36-18
O UY
BF1-1021
OY
BP
IP5-14
B
G31BL
IPS6
IPS2
B
B
20.220.3
NW B
S60
WU
YY
CL3-5CCS3
BB
CR9-12
B
G9BRG9CL
–
+
–
+
RW
17
18
3
1
5
2
R2 4
F16 20A
EC36-21
O
EC35-8
O
EC40-4
EC40-5
U
OG19
20
F9 20A
EC36-15
O
EC40-8
3
1
5
2
R5 4
EC35-3F8 20A
S68O
EC41-3
3
1
5
2
R6 4
F18 15A EC40-3
RW
22
G1AR
B
G3BR
BFS5
BO
EC57-7
EC57-8
EC57-4
EC57-6
EC57-3
EC57-9
EC6-3
EC101-1
EC101-8
EC6-1
B
B
EC101-7
P
EC102-1
EC102-2
EC102-3
EC102-4
EC104-1
EC104-2
EC104-3
EC104-4
EC103-1
EC103-8
EC103-7 P
YB37II
WB38II
WU
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
f08_2_35005
IP36-6
IP36-1
AUTOLAMP
SENSOR
IP26-4
IP26-3
IP26-1
IP26-2
IP26-6
CL2-2
CL1-7
CL3-7 CC10-3
CC10-2
AUTOLAMP
AUTOLAMP
DIP BEAM
SIDE LAMPS
OFF
EXIT DELAY 1
EXIT DELAY 2
EXIT DELAY 3
LH TURN
RH TURN
FLASH
MAIN BEAM
MAIN LIGHTING SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR)
CL3-3 CL1-5
HAZARD SWITCH
AND INDICATOR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH
FRONT
REAR
IP33-7
IP6-2
LOGIC LOGIC
20.2
20.2
20.3
20.3
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
DIP BEAM
RELAY
FRONT FOG
LAMP RELAY
CR85-2
MAIN BEAM
RELAY
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
LH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
EC49-1
REFER TO APPENDIX:SCP / FEM LIGHTING MESSAGES
EC57-1
EC6-9
EC53-2
SIDE
TURN
SIDE
TURN
DIP
DIP
DIP
DIP
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE*
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE*
MAIN
MAIN
LH FRONT
FOG LAMP
RH FRONT
FOG LAMP
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
EC6-8
EC31-1
RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
(NAS ONLY)
LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
(NAS ONLY
* NOTE: Ballast integral within module. Refer to Fig. 08.6for additional Headlamp Leveling Module details.
BF1-8
470R
270R
180R
470R
270R
180R
56R
220R
270R
470R
220R
270R
470R
1K2
1K2
3K9
820R (LHD)470R (RHD)
470R (LHD)820R (RHD)
IP33-5 (LHD)IP33-6 (RHD)
VARIANT: HID Headlamp Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
O CR12-05 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR12-06 LH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR12-12 RH REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S CR13-01 SCP +S CR13-02 SCP –I CR13-13 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O CR71-03 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-05 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-06 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-09 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDSG CR71-15 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.4
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Ground LocationBC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR4-20 TRAILER CONNECTED SIGNAL: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
O CR12-05 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71-03 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-05 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-06 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-09 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer TowingJaguar XJ 2005 Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.4
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR71-12
O O
NR
BT7-2 BT7-1
NRU
BT6-2 BT6-1
TT1-3
TT1-4
TT1-7
TT1-2TT1-1
TT2-3
TT2-5
TT2-4
TT2-7
TT2-2TT2-1
U
LH
RH
CR71-6
O G
CR71-10
O UY
CR71-3
O U
CR71-9
O OG
CR71-11
O W
CR71-5
O GB
CR71-4
O O
CR12-5
O U
P
BTS1
NW
NW
NR
NG
S105
S88
S78
S101
S91
S92
RF27-1 RF27-2S104NR
GCRS36
RG18.1
O
CRS68
CRS35
BT11-4
UU
CR4-20
O RGCRS69
CR106-3
CR106-2
CR107-3
CR107-2
CR107-5
O
P
RG
OW
OW
UY
TT10-2
CR106-4
G
O
O
GB
BR
PY
BW
TT2-6
PY
CR106-5
CR106-6
W
P
OW
O
GB
BR
PY
PY
BW
GR
RW
OGOP
CR107-4
O
U
S
TT16-1
TT15-1
TT16-2
TT16-5
TT16-6
TT15-4
TT16-3
TT16-8
TT16-4
TT15-2
TT15-5
TT15-6
TT15-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
TT11
N
TT9-3
TT9-1
TT9-5
TT9-2
N
WR B
NG
TTS2
F1 15A
F2 20ATT12-4
F3 15A
N
N
N
N
B
B
BC2
TTS9
N
47II
TT8-7
B
TT8-3
B
TT18-3
B
TT18-7
OW
TT18-6
P
TT18-2
YR
TT18-5
O
TT18-8
PO
TT18-10
N
TT18-9
NG
G29AS
TTS4
PO
O
YR
P
OW
B
O
O
O
O
O
TT18-1
U U O
TT18-4
UR UR O
BB
PP
P
P
B
B
BL11-4
OG
RF2-15
O
CR106-1
CR106-7
G
G
CR107-1
G
CR107-7
G
B GRTT16-7
B
BC3BC1
B
f08_4_35005
BATTERY
TRAILER TOWING
JUNCTION FUSE BOX
TRAILER TOWING RELAY
TT12-2
TT12-3
TT12-1
REVERSE LAMPS
RH TAIL LAMP
FOG LAMPS
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
LH TURN SIGNAL
RH TURN SIGNAL
TRAILER TOWING
CONNECTOR
TT17-8
TT17-10
TT17-6
TT17-9
TT17-4
TT17-2
TT17-7
TT17-3
TT17-5
TT17-1
TRAILER TOWING MODULE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
LIGHTING INPUTS:REFER TO FIG. 08.3.
PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
HIGH–MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
STOP
TAIL
FOG
TURN
REVERSE
RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
TT1-6
TT1-5
10K0
VARIANT: European Trailer Towing Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.5
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Ground LocationBC1 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BC3 TRUNK / RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR4-20 TRAILER CONNECTED SIGNAL: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED
O CR12-05 LICENSE PLATE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CR71-03 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-05 RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-06 LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-09 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-10 REAR FOG LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-11 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-12 LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 08.6
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR SUSPENSION MODULE CR88 9-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
CR89 12-WAY / BLACK
CR90 15-WAY / BLACK
CR91 18-WAY / BLACK
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationEC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 09.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTSComponent Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPPROACH LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD9 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
APPROACH LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR PD9 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
TRUNK LAMP CR18 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / CENTER FRONT
TRUNK LATCH BT2 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
TRUNK LID LAMP BT3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RF4 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RF5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORSConnector Connector Description / Location LocationBL11 16-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BT11 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN TO TRUNK LID LINK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / TRUNK LID
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
LT1 12-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / LH REAR DOOR TRIM
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PT1 12-WAY / GREY / PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ’D’ POST
RF25 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
RR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
RT1 12-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / RH REAR DOOR TRIM
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDSGround LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD12-13 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD12-21 DRIVER APPROACH LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD12-25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDPG DD13-08 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+B+ DD13-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR1-01 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO CR1-02 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I CR1-03 MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO CR1-05 PASSENGER DOOR APPROACH LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S CR9-01 SCP –B+ CR9–6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S CR9-07 SCP +SG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR10–06 FRONT FOOTWELL LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDPG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR85-01 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+I CR4-17 RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR
SG CR11-10 TRUNK LATCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDPG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CR11-16 LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJARSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR12-11 TRUNK LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
S CR13-01 SCP NETWORK +S CR13-02 SCP NETWORK –I CR13-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJARO CR13-20 LH REAR DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR13-22 RH REAR DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR71-01 REAR COURTESY LAMPS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
REFER TO APPENDIX:DDM, FEM AND REM INTERIOR LIGHTING MESSAGES
IP2-4 IPS4
IP13-1
IP14-1
IP13-2
IP14-2
LH FRONT
FOOTWELL LAMP
RH FRONT
FOOTWELL LAMP
RF3-3
RF3-1
COURTESYLAMPS
RH MAP LAMP
LH MAP LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
LH VANITY MIRROR LAMP
RF4-3
RF5-3
RF4-2
RF5-2
RH VANITY MIRROR LAMP
MAP LAMP
COURTESY LAMP
MAP LAMP
COURTESY LAMP
RF21-3
RF21-1
RF21-2
LH REAR ASSIST HANDLE
RH REAR ASSIST HANDLE
RF22-1
RF22-3
RF22-2
SD23-1 SD23-2
LH REAR
FOOTWELL LAMP
RF2-1
SP23-1
RH REAR
FOOTWELL LAMP
IP43-1
IP28-1
IP43-2
RH GLOVE
BOX LAMP
LH GLOVE
BOX LAMP
IP28-2
GLOVE BOX LAMP
SWITCH
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 09.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR TL20 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE
I IP7-05 DIMMER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG IP7-15 AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS IP7-16 DIMMER SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting: Part 1 Fig. 09.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
U
Y S
S –
+
NW B
S64
RW
IP33-8
BO
IP33-7
IP7-5
IP7-15
I
NW
IP33-9 IP7-16
RWOIP52-2
RW
IP33-4
RW
IP52-1
B
IP33-3
B
TL23-2
B
RC1-8
TL23-1
RW
RC1-1
RW
IP32-2
RW
IP32-3
B
IP50-10
RW
IP50-5
B
IP57-2
RW
IP57-1
B
IP54-2
RW
IP54-1
B
IP21-3
RW
IP21-2
B
RW
CR119-11
RW
AC101-19
RA2-1
RW
RA2-3
B
IPS39
B
B
IPS5
I
O
CCS3
B
G15AR
UY
CC20-6
NW B
S63
UY
BCC10-11IP20-11
UY I
P
KB
IP66-10
G32BS
NB
B
G31BL
B
B
IPS5
RWCRS19
O
IP6-387 B
IP5-14
B
G31BL
IPS6
B
S
S –
+
RW
TL20-10
B
TL20-7
RW
TL72-3
B
TL72-2
RW
TL70-3
B
TL70-2
RW
TL69-3
B
TL69-2
RW
TL89-7
BK
TL89-6
RW
RW
TL93-11
RW
RC2-4
TLS55
G18BL
BK
TLS13
G18BR
B
BTLS6*TLS56**
G18BL
B
RWTLS8
G9BL
CR9-12
B
G9CL
CR10-13
BP
CR10-11
B P
IP19-2
RW B B
G32AL
IPS5
RWO
B
RC2-5
CL1-5
B
CL1-1
RW
G15AR
CC12-12
B
CC12-9
RW RWRW
CC2-1 TL28-1CCS2
BB
CL3-3CCS3
G15AR
RW
RW
CL3-1
G15AL
CC8-1
B
CC8-17
RWRWRW
CC2-3TL28-3
f09_2_35005
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
CR85-1
CR9-7
CR9-1
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.2
20.2
CR85-12
CR85-11
DIMMER
AUXILIARY LIGHTING
SWITCH
LOGIC
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only
NOTE: CCS2 – Navigation vehicles only
NOTE: CRS19 – Refer to Fig. 09.3 for additional circuits.
IP2-1
IP17-7
CLOCK
IP19-5
REAR CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
REAR CIGARLIGHTER
REAR POWER POINT
REAR VENTS
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL
PANEL
AUDIO UNIT
NOTE: *TLS6 – vehicles with
Rear DVD; **TLS56 – vehicles
without Rear DVD.
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
CC20-5
CC20-12
IP66-8
CLIMATE CONTROL CONTROL PANEL
(VEHICLES WITHOUT NAVIGATION)
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL
MODULE
STEERING WHEEL
SWITCH LIGHTING
SW8-4
CASSETTE CASSETTE
SW9-1 IPS2
G32ARFRONT POWER POINT
G32ALRH FASCIA VENT
G32AL
J GATE MODULE SWITCH AND GEAR
SELECTOR LIGHTING
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCHG31AL
IPS36
CENTER FASCIA VENT
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE
SWITCH PACK
LH FASCIA VENT
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 09.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Dimmer-Controlled Lighting: Part 2Jaguar XJ 2005 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting: Part 2 Fig. 09.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
U
YS
S –
+
NW
CR85-1
BS64
RW
BO
IP7-5
IP7-15
I
NW
IP7-16
RWO
CR85-12
RF14-1
B
RF14-2
RW
PT4-1
B
PT4-5
RW
DT4-20
B
DT4-15
RW
RF3-1
B
RF3-10
RW
G18AR
CR37-26
B
RF15-1
B
RF15-2
RW
G17BR
CRS19
O87 B
IP5-14
B
G31BL
IPS6
B
S
S –
+
DT5-1
B
DT5-2
RW
RWRW
DT1-7DD1-8 DTS2
DTS1
B
DT1-9
G9AR(G10AR)
DDS3
B B
DD1-7
B
RT3-1
R
RT3-5
RW
RT5-1
B
RT5-2
RW
RWRW
RT1-3RR9-5 RTS2
RT1-7
B
RR9-14
B
RT1-8 RR9-1
R R
LT3-1
R
LT3-5
RW
LT5-1
B
LT5-2
RW
RWRW
LT1-3RL9-5 LTS2
LT1-7
B
RL9-14
B
LT1-8 RL9-1
RCRS54
R R
RFS6RF1-3
RW RW
B BRFS1 RF2-1
RWRW
PT1-1PD1-9 PT1-2 PDS3
B B
PD16-17
B
RW
RW
CR37-15
CR37-14
P
P
P
CR11-25
B
BCR11-11
G24BL
G9BL
CR9-12
B
G9CL
CR10-13
B P
CR10-11
B P
BCRS75
f09_3_35005
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
CR9-7
CR9-1
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.2
20.2
IP6-3
20.3
20.220.3
IP33-9
IP33-8
IP33-7DIMMER
AUXILIARY LIGHTING SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
LOGIC
NOTE: DTS2 – Memory vehicles only.
NOTE: CRS19 – refer to Fig. 09.2 for additional circuits.
NOTE: RTS2 – Memory vehicles only.
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK
RH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK
RH REAR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
LH REAR MEMORY SWITCH PACK
LH REAR DOOR SWITCH PACKNOTE: LTS2 – Memory vehicles only.
CR12-2
LH REAR ASSIST HANDLE
RH REAR ASSIST HANDLE
HALOILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
G10AL(G9AL)
* NOTE: Rear Window isolate; refer to Fig. 14.1.
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE *
REAR MEMORY MODULE
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 10.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCOLUMN AND PEDAL ADJUST SWITCH IP27 8-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN COWLING
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD10 3-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR CR103 3-WAY / BLACK DRIVER PEDAL ASSEMBLY
CR104 2-WAY / BLACK
STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT ASSEMBLY IP10 10-WAY / BLACK UPPER STEERING COLUMN
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationDD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAGNOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD12-07 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD12-10 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI DD12-25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDPG DD13-08 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+B+ DD13-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR1–09 PEDAL ADJUST SWITCH OUT SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI CR1–12 PEDAL ADJUST SWITCH IN SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG CR1–26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S CR9–01 SCP –S CR9–07 SCP +SG CR9–11 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE 0 – 5 V
O CR10–02 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR DRIVE – OUT: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR10–09 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR DRIVE – IN: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+PG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10–14 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR85–01 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+SG CR85–15 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSS CR85–17 PEDAL ADJUST MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
SG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
B+ IP6-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (COLUMN MOTOR): B+PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ IP6-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S IP6-10 SCP –O IP6-11 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DRIVE – DOWN / OUT: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO IP6-12 STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DRIVE – UP / IN: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO IP6-13 STEERING COLUMN IN / OUT FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDO IP6-14 STEERING COLUMN UP / DOWN FUNCTION SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDS IP6-20 SCP +
I IP7-07 FUNCTION SELECT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG IP7-08 STEERING COLUMN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETERS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDI IP7-17 STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG IP7-18 STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT / SELECT SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO IP7-19 STEERING COLUMN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETERS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+I IP7-20 STEERING COLUMN UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK POTENTIOMETER SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 10.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD9 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD9 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT4 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR AND COMPASS RF7 8-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationDD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULENOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD11-01 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD11-02 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD11-03 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – UP: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD11-04 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+SS DD11-05 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+I DD11-14 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEI DD11-15 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESG DD11-19 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
I DD12-02 RH MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD12-03 LH MIRROR MOVEMENT SELECT SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDO DD12-07 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD12-08 MIRROR FOLD FLAT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD12-10 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEI DD12-14 MIRROR UP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD12-15 MIRROR DOWN SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD12-16 MIRROR LEFT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTEDI DD12-17 MIRROR RIGHT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –O DD13-05 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR FOLD FLAT: IN-TO-OUT: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD13-06 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR FOLD FLAT: OUT-TO-IN: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDPG DD13-08 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+B+ DD13-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR1–07 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGESS CR1–08 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+I CR1–11 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN POSITION FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGEO CR1–20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – UP: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR1–21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – DOWN: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+SG CR1–22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO CR1–23 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – LEFT: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR1–24 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR DRIVE – RIGHT: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+PG CR1–26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S CR9–01 SCP –S CR9–07 SCP +
PG CR10–11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10–13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10–14 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR85–01 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
SG CR11-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDO CR11-18 REVERSE GEAR SIGNAL (DIM REQUEST): TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
S CR13-01 SCP –S CR13-02 SCP +
Door Mirrors: Electrochromic Rear View MirrorsJaguar XJ 2005 Door Mirrors: Electrochromic Rear View Mirrors Fig. 10.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
–
+
DT5-4
O
DT5-3
WR
DT5-1
B
DTS1
G9AR(G10AR)
B
DT1-9
BBDDS3
DD1-7
B
DT1-10
DT6-11
O
WR
U
Y
DD13-3
DD13-4
S
S
DD13-8
BP
G9AL(G10AL)
DD13-7
B
–
+
DD3-8
BB
NW
DD13-1179 B
20.2 20.3
20.2 20.3
DDS3
B
G9AR(G10AR)
DD1-7
B
N
DD13-12
B
S76
DD12-10
I
DT4-20
B
LH
RH
I
DD12-3
GU
DT4-17
I
DD12-2
GW
DT4-16
I
DD12-14
YR
DT4-5
I
DD12-17
O
DT4-8
I
DD12-16
OY
DT4-7
I
DD12-15
Y
DT4-6
DT1-1
DT1-2
DT1-5
DT1-4
DT1-6
DT1-3
GU
GW
YR
O
OY
Y
CR1-21
U
Y
CR9-7
CR9-1
O
NW
CR85-1
B
20.220.3 S
S
O
DD9-2
DD9-4
DD9-3
DD9-1
DD9-5
DD9-7
DD9-6
DD9-8
DD11-4
O O
DD11-3
O OG
DD11-15
O
DD11-5
WU
DD11-14
OY
DD11-2
O OG
DD11-1
O OY
DD11-19
U
PD9-2
PD9-4
PD9-3
PD9-1
PD9-5
PD9-7
PD9-6
PD9-8
PD9-15
PD9-16
S64
CR1-20
O OG
CR1-11
O
CR1-8
WU
CR1-7
OY
CR1-24
O OG
CR1-23
O OY
CR1-22
U
I
I
I
I
20.220.3 –
+
DT4-10
I
DD12-8
YB
DT1-8
YB
DD9-15
DD9-16
DD13-5
O R
DD13-6
O YR
CR10-13
BP
CR10-11
BP
CR10-14
BP
BPCR1-26
G9BL G9BR
R
CRS46
YG
RF2-4
DD1-10
CR11-18
U
Y
CR13-1
CR13-2
O
20.220.3 S
S OG
BCR11-12
G24AR
NW
CR4-378 B
OG I
WU
RF7-1
B36II
RF7-2
BP
G17BR
RFS1 RF2-1
BB
YG
B
RF1-8
RF1-7
YG
B
DD9-11
DD9-14
O
DD1-13
YG
B
B
CRS45
20.220.3
YG
PD16-4
-11PD9-14
PD16-5
YG
B
B
R
YR
PD1-10
PD16-16
PD16-21
PD16-19
PD16-20
PD1-8
PD16-14
PD16-18
O
OG
O
WU
OY
OG
OY
U
DD3-2
DD3-6
R
YRPD1-14
PD1-12
R
YR
O
f10_2_35005
DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK
MEMORY SET
INDICATOR
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 3
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 1
DD12-7
FOLD-FLAT*
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
* NOTE: Fold-flat Mirror vehicles only.
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
* NOTE: Fold-flat Mirror vehicles only.
FOLD-FLAT*
ELECTROCHROMICMIRROR
YR
DDS8
DDS7
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
DDS1
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
* NOTE: Fold-flat Mirror vehicles only
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
FOLD-FLAT*
ELECTROCHROMICMIRROR
PD9
NOTE: Door Mirror Heaters – refer to Fig. 06.2.
RF7-4
RF7-5
RF7-3
ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW
MIRROR AND COMPASS **
** NOTE: Includes Compass, when fitted.
REVERSE
REVERSE GEAR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
MEMORY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT5 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER
SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 12-WAY SEAT – DRIVER DL4 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD12-07 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD12-10 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –O DD13-06 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR FOLD FLAT: OUT-TO-IN: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+B+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
Driver Seat ModulePin Description and Characteristic
S SD2-01 SCP+I SD2-04 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-05 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+S SD2-12 SCP –I SD2-15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-16 SD2-16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-17 SD2-17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-18 SD2-18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-19 SD2-19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-20 SD2-20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
O SD3-01 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD3-02 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+PG SD3-05 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD3-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD4-07 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-08 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-09 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG SD4-11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD4-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – LOGIC: B+I SD4-22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG SD4-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG SD4-26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O SD24-01 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD24-02 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD26-03 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD26-04 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG SD27-01 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD27-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O SD27-03 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-04 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-05 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-06 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Driver Seat: 12-way Movement with MemoryJaguar XJ 2005 Driver Seat: 12-way Movement with Memory Fig. 11.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
SD4-26
B
S
S
SD2-12
SD2-1
U
Y20.2 20.3
DL4-1
N
SD4-22
WU
SD4-25
WB
SD5-12
NG
U
B
G12AR(G13AR)
SD5-5
SD29-1
B
SD28-1
I
BSDS5
SD5-6
BK
SD5-1
BK
SD29-8
NG
SD5-7
NG
NG
UY
SD5-11
I
Y
SD2-17SD5-4
I
YB
SD2-18SD5-10
I
GB
SD2-11SD5-3
I
RW
SD2-10SD5-9
I
N
SD2-19SD5-2
I
YR
SD2-20SD5-8
I
N
U
NG
SD4-13
B
O UY
O YUSD4-10
R
O
GUO
U
SD4-11
WB
U
O OG
O GO
O
O GR
O RG
SD6-1
SD6-5
SD6-4
SD6-2
GRRG O
H
SD12-2
SD12-1
SD12-4
SD12-3
OGGO WB WB
H
SD13-1
SD13-2
SD13-4
SD13-3
UU GU R
H
SD8-4
SD8-3
UYYU WU WB
H
G12AR(G13AR)
BSDS5 SD28-1
B B
DL2-6
BDL4-3
U
I
I
I
I
SDS2
SDS3
SD29-4
SD29-9
DT5-4
O
DT5-3
WR
DT5-1
BDTS1
G9AR(G10AR)
B
DT1-9
BBDDS3DD1-7
B
DT1-10
DT6-11
O
WR U
Y
DD13-3
DD13-4
S
S
DD13-8
B BP
–
+
DD3-8
B
NW
DD13-1179 B
20.2 20.3
20.2 20.3
DD12-7
DD12-10
I
NG
SD27-274 B
NR
SD3-689 B
45
35
–
+
20.2 20.3
S81
I
I
RU
SD2-15SD29-5
WG
SD2-16SD29-12
O
O
I
GW
GO
WU
SD9-1
SD9-4
SD9-3
SD9-2
GOGW WU WB
H
SDS1
B BSDS5
G12AR(G13AR)
B B BSDS4
B B
P
P
G12AL(G13AL)
O
f11_1_35005
DRIVER MEMORY SWITCH PACK
MEMORY SETINDICATOR
MEMORY SET
MEMORY 3
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 1 RHD LHD
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
DDS1
G9AL(G10AL)
MEMORYPOSITIONS
SD2-4
SD2-5
SD27-5
SD27-6
SD4-7
SD3-1
SD3-2
SD4-8
SD26-4
SD26-3
SD24-1
SD24-2
SD27-3
SD27-4
SD4-9
SD3-5
SD27-1
SD28-1
SD1-4
SD1-3
DL2-3
DL2-1
DRIVER LUMBAR PUMP
WB
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS
DL4-2
SD8-1
(LHD)SD8-2
(RHD)
SD8-2
(LHD)SD8-1
(RHD)
VARIANT: 12-Way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 26-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD7 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER
SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 16-WAY SEAT – DRIVER DL3 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – DRIVER DL1 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Seat ModulePin Description and Characteristic
S SD2-01 SCP+I SD2-04 SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-05 SEAT CUSHION FRONT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+S SD2-12 SCP –I SD2-15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-16 SD2-16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-17 SD2-17 SEAT RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-18 SD2-18 SEAT LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-19 SD2-19 SEAT FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-20 SD2-20 SEAT REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-21 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I SD2-22 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
O SD3-01 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD3-02 SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+PG SD3-05 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD3-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I SD4-07 SEAT CUSHION FRONT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-08 SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-09 HEADREST POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG SD4-11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG SD4-12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD4-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – LOGIC: B+I SD4-22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI SD4-23 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG SD4-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG SD4-26 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O SD24-01 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD24-02 SEAT POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD24-03 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD24-04 SEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O SD26-03 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD26-04 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG SD27-01 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ SD27-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+O SD27-03 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-04 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-05 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O SD27-06 SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
Driver Seat: 16-way Movement with MemoryJaguar XJ 2005 Driver Seat: 16-way Movement with Memory Fig. 11.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
SD4-22
WU
SD4-25
WB
SD5-12
NG
U
SD2-4
B
G12AR(G13AR)
SD5-5
B
SD28-1
I
BSDS5
B
B
NG
NG
NG
UY
SD2-5SD5-11
I
Y
SD2-17SD5-4
I
YB
SD2-18SD5-10
I
GB
SD2-11SD5-3
I
RW
SD2-10SD5-9
I
N
SD2-19SD5-2
I
YR
SD2-20SD5-8
I
R
SD29-3
N
SD29-4
NG
SD4-13
B
B
G12AR(G13AR)
SD27-1P
BSD3-5
P
BSD4-26 SDS5 SD28-1
B
SD1-4
SD1-3
B
B
B
SD24-2
O UYSD24-1
O YUSD4-10
RSD26-3
O
GU
SD26-4
O
U
SD4-11
WBSD4-8
USD3-2
O OGSD3-1
O GOSD4-7
OSD27-6
O GRSD27-5
O RG
SD6-1
SD6-5
SD6-4
SD6-2
GRRG
H
SD12-2
SD12-1
SD12-4
SD12-3
OGGO
H
SD13-1
SD13-2
SD13-4
SD13-3
UGU R
H
SD8-4
SD8-3
UYYU WU WB
H
G12AR(G13AR)
B
DL3-2 SDS5 SD28-1
B B
DL2-6
B
DL3-1
N
DL2-1
I
I
I
I
SDS2
SD27-3
O
11.1
RU
SD2-15SD29-5
I
WG
SD2-16SD29-12
I
WR
SD2-22SD29-14
I
O
SD2-21SD29-7
I
SD27-4
O
SD4-9
I
SD24-4
O
O
SD24-3
I
SD4-23
SD4-12
GW
GO
WU
YR
RU
WR
WB
SD9-1
SD9-4
SD9-3
SD9-2
GOGW WU WB
H
SD7-5
SD7-1 -4
SD7-2
RUYR WR WB
H
SDS1
Y
SD29-2
G
SD29-10
U
SD29-9
R
Y
G
U
DL1-4
G
DL1-2
Y
DL1-5
R
DL1-3
U
SDS3
S
S
SD2-12
SD2-1
U
Y
NG74 B
NR89 B
45
35
–
+20.220.3
20.220.3
G12AL(G13AL)
SDS4
S81
f11_2_35005
MEMORYPOSITIONS
SD3-6
SD27-2
RHD LHD
SD5-7
SD29-8
SD5-1
SD5-6
SD29-1
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
O WB U WB WB
SD7
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS DRIVER LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
DL2-5
DL2-2
DL2-4
DL2-3
DRIVER LUMBAR PUMP
SD8-1
(LHD)SD8-2
(RHD)
SD8-2
(LHD)SD8-1
(RHD)
VARIANT: 16-Way Driver Seat Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – DRIVER SD6 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – DRIVER SD12 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – DRIVER SD8 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – DRIVER SD9 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – DRIVER SD13 5-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER DL4 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER SEAT BACK
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Driver Seat: Non MemoryJaguar XJ 2005 Driver Seat: Non Memory Fig. 11.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
N
SD5-12
NR
U
B
G12AR(G13AR)
SD5-5
SD18-1
B
SD28-1
BSDS5
SD5-6
B
SD5-1
B
SD18-8
NW
SD5-7
NG
UY
SD5-11
Y
SD5-4
YB
SD5-10
GB
SD5-3
RW
SD5-9
N
SD5-2
YR
SD5-8
N
U
-1-5
UYU
SD12-2
SD12-1
YBY
SD13-1
SD13-2
RWGB YRN
G12AR(G13AR)
B
DL4-2 SDS5 SD28-1
B B
DL2-6
B
U
SD18-4
SD18-9
RU
SD18-5
WG
SD18-12
-1-4
WGRU
89
73
74
35
85
45
G12AL(G13AL)
SD1-3
SD1-4
B
B
f11_3_35005
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK DRIVER LUMBAR PUMP
DL4-3
DL4-1
DL2-3
DL2-1
SD9SD9SD6SD6
RHD LHD
SD8-1
(LHD)SD8-2
(RHD)
SD8-2
(LHD)SD8-1
(RHD)
VARIANT: Non Memory Driver Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP6 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP12 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP8 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – PASSENGER SP9 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – PASSENGER SP13 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – 12-WAY SEAT – PASSENGER PL4 6-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT CUSHION EXTEND MOTOR – PASSENGER SP26 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION FRONT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP6 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT CUSHION REAR RAISE / LOWER MOTOR – PASSENGER SP12 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP8 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION / UNDER
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – PASSENGER SP9 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / UPPER
SEAT INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR – PASSENGER SP13 5-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK / LOWER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.6
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
PG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR12-02 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE: TO ISOLATE, REM INTERRUPTS GROUND SUPPLY
Passenger Seat: 16-Way Movement with Rear OverrideJaguar XJ 2005 Passenger Seat: 16-Way Movement with Rear Override Fig. 11.6
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
SP5-12
NG
U
B
G13AR(G12AR)
SP5-5
SP24-1
B
SP28-12
BSPS4
SP5-6
SP5-1
NW
NR
UY
SP5-11
Y
SP5-4
YB
SP5-10
RU
SP5-3
RW
SP5-9
G
SP5-2
GW
SP5-8
R
SP24-3
N
SP24-4
SP6-1
SP6-5
UYU
SP12-2
SP12-1
YBY
SP13-1
SP13-2
G13AR(G12AR)
B
PL3-2 SPS4 SP28-12
B B
PL2-6
B
PL3-1
N
PL2-1
RU
SP24-5
WG
SP24-12
WR
SP24-14
O
SP24-7
SP9-1
SP9-4
WGRU
SP26-5
SP26-1
OWR
PL2-5
PL2-2
PL2-4
PL2-3
Y
SP24-2
G
SP24-10
U
SP24-9
R
Y
G
U
PL1-4
G
PL1-2
Y
PL1-5
R
PL1-3
U
45
85
36
74
73
90
RGRU GOGB
3 1
5 24
3 1
5 24
3 1
5 24
3 1
5 24
37
S83
S80
91
BW
BG
BR
BO
NR
BW
BG
BR
BO
NG
SP31-5
SP32-1
SP31-1
SP32-2
SP31-2
SP32-4
SP31-3
SP32-5
SP31-4
SP32-3
SP32-6
SP32-7
SP32-9
SP32-10
CRS54
R
CR12-2
P
P
P
CR11-25
B
BCR11-11
G24BL
R
B
B
SP1-3
SP1-4
B
B
CRS75
B
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SP5-7
SP24-8
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACKPASSENGER LUMBAR PUMP
REAR
OVERRIDE
RELAY PACK
G13AL(G12AL)
PASSENGER LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
REAR SEAT SWITCH PACK
(LH / LHD; RH / RHD)
REAR ELECTRONIC
MODULE*
*NOTE: Rear Window Isolate – refer to Fig. 14.1.
f11_6_35005
SP8-2
(LHD)SP8-1
(RHD)
SP8-1
(LHD)SP8-2
(RHD)
LHD RHD
LS1-20 (LHD)RSI-20 (RHD)
LS1-14 (LHD)RS1-14 (RHD)
LS1-12 (LHD)RS1-12 (RHD)
LS1-2 (LHD)RS1-2 (RHD)
LHD RHD
RS -18(LHD)LS5 -18(RHD)
RS5-17(LHD)LS5-17(RHD)
RS5-15(LHD)LS5-15(RHD)
RS5-14(LHD)LS5-14(RHD)
RS5-16
(LHD)
LS5-16
(RHD)
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – DRIVER SD15 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SEAT BACK HEATER – PASSENGER SP15 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
Front Seat HeatersJaguar XJ 2005 Front Seat Heaters Fig. 11.7
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR10-13
B P
CR10-11
B P
CR10-14
B P
B PCR1-26
G9BLG9BR
O
SD15-2
WG
SD14-2
WB
RU
B
I
SD14-1
SD14-3
SD15-1
SD14-4
R
CL1-4
WU
CL1-5
BBB
CL3-3 CL3-2
WU
CC2-9
WU
TL28-8
WU
CR85-19
35II
CL1-6
NG
CL2-5
RW
CL3-8
RW
CC2-8
RW
TL28-7
RW
CR85-18
I
IRH
LH
S102
S103
B
B
BRU
RU
NW
CR10-8
CR10-7
CR9-680
WG
WB
RU
SD28-2
SD28-13
SD28-14
BBSDS4SD1-4
G12AL(G13AL)
O
SP15-2
WG
SP14-2
WB
RU
B
I
SP14-1
SP14-3
SP15-1
SP14-4
R
WG
WB
RU
SP28-2
SP28-13
SP28-14
BBSPS4SP28-12
G13AR(G12AR)
RHLH
BBBSDS5SD28-1
G12AR(G13AR)
.
f11_7_35005
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
STATE
CCS3
G15AR
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
TEMPERURE SENSOR
INNER CUSHION OUTER CUSHION
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
MEMORYVEHICLES
NON-MEMORYVEHICLES
DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
INNER CUSHION OUTER CUSHION
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER
CR1-18 (LHD)CR1-19 (RHD)
CR1-16 (LHD)CR1-17 (RHD)
CR10-16 (LHD)CR10-17 (RHD)
CR1-19 (LHD)CR1-18 (RHD)
CR1-17 (LHD)CR1-16 (RHD)
CR10-17 (LHD)CR10-16 (RHD)
VARIANT: Heated Front Seats Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.8
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationREAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
REAR SEAT BACK INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – LH SL1 5-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – LH CR112 3-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BELT TENSIONER
REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SWITCH – LH CR109 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BELT BUCKLE
REAR SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – LH SL2 5-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LL3 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – LH LL1 5-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK – LH LT5 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR TRIM
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationLL2 6-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR SEAT HARNESS TO LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE
LS1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR SEAT HARNESS CABIN / BELOW LH REAR SEAT
LS11 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR SEAT MOTOR HARNESS CABIN / BELOW LH REAR SEAT
LT1 12-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / LH REAR DOOR TRIM
RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
SL4 20-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR SEAT HARNESS TO LH REAR SEAT MOTOR HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Memory ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR37-02 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCEO CR37-03 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RMM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I CR37-09 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI CR37-10 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALB+ CR37-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+SG CR37-15 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUNDSG CR37-24 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG CR37-25 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
S CR38-01 SCP +I CR38-10 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I CR38-11 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+S CR38-12 SCP –I CR38-15 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I CR38-16 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
O CR53-03 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR53-04 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
B+ CR59-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LH SEAT): B+O CR59-03 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR59-04 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
LH REAR SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
LS11-5
LS11-3
CR53-4
CR53-3
CR59-3
CR59-4
CR37-9
SL4-5
SL4-8
SL4-6
SL4-7
SL4-1
SL4-2
SL4-3
SL4-4
LH REAR SEAT
LUMBAR PUMP
LH REAR SEAT BELT
COMFORT SOLENOID
CR59-1
LS1-5
LS1-6
LS1-3
LS1-4
LL2-5
LL2-2
LL2-4
LL2-3
LL2-1 LL3-1
VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: Sep 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.9
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationREAR MEMORY MODULE CR21 4-WAY / BLACK REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK
CR37 26-WAY / BLACK
CR38 22-WAY / BLACK
CR41 6-WAY / BLACK
CR53 4-WAY / BLACK
CR59 6-WAY / BLACK
REAR SEAT BACK INCLINE / RECLINE MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – RH SR1 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – RH CR114 3-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BELT TENSIONER
REAR SEAT BELT COMFORT SWITCH – RH CR111 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BELT BUCKLE
REAR SEAT HEADREST MOTOR AND POSITION SENSOR – RH SR2 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH YL3 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS – RH YL1 5-WAY / BLACK RH REAR SEAT BACK / UPPER
REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK – RH RT5 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationRR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
RS1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR SEAT HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
RS11 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR SEAT HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
RT1 12-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / RH REAR DOOR TRIM
SR4 20-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR SEAT HARNESS TO RH REAR SEAT MOTOR HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
YL2 6-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR SEAT HARNESS TO RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Rear Memory ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR21-01 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – REARWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR21-02 SEAT BACK RECLINE MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR21-03 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – RAISE: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR21-04 HEADREST POSITION MOTOR DRIVE – LOWER: TO ACTIVATE, DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I CR37-01 MEMORY 1, 2, 3, SET INPUT SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCESG CR37-11 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDSG CR37-12 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDB+ CR37-13 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+SG CR37-14 REAR SEAT MEMORY SWITCH PACK REFERENCE GROUND: GROUNDO CR37-16 MEMORY SET INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, RMM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I CR37-22 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALI CR37-23 SEAT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 5 V PULSED SIGNALSG CR37-26 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
S CR38-01 SCP +S CR38-12 SCP –I CR38-19 HEAD REST RAISE REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I CR38-20 HEADREST LOWER REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I CR38-21 SEAT BACK RECLINE REARWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+I CR38-22 SEAT BACK RECLINE FORWARD REQUEST: ACTIVE = B+
PG CR41-05 POWER GROUND (RH SEAT): GROUNDB+ CR41-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (RH SEAT): B+
RH REAR SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR SOLENOIDS
YL2-6
VARIANT: Powered Rear Seats Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: Sep 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 11.10
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationREAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK TL89 8-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 12.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD7 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
PD10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DRIVER DOOR MODULE CA85 12-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD4 26-WAY / NATURAL
DD11 20-WAY / BLACK
EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH CA97 2-WAY / BLACK LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LID
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
FUEL FILLER FLAP MOTOR CR15 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR – DRIVER RL2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER REAR DOOR
RR2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER REAR DOOR
REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR – PASSENGER RR2 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER REAR DOOR
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE IP60 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK LATCH BT2 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationBL11 16-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
BT11 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN TO TRUNK LID LINK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / TRUNK LID
CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
IP3 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP17 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ’B/C’ POST
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH A POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD11–6 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE POWER SUPPLY: B+O DD11–8 LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD11–9 UNLOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O DD11–10 DOUBLE LOCK DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+D DD11–13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONSI DD11–16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI DD11–17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDD DD11–18 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONSD DD11–20 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RETURN
I DD12-25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR
I DD13-02 DRIVER UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDS DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDPG DD13-08 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI DD13-10 DRIVER LOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+B+ DD13-12 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR1-01 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
S CR9–01 SCP –B+ CR9–06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S CR9–07 SCP +I CR9-08 GLOBAL OPEN / CLOSE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDSG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR85-01 SWITCHED SYSTEM POWER SUPPLY: B+I CR85-06 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EC36-05 FUEL FLAP RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI EC36-08 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR4-01 UNLOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR4-02 LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I CR4-07 TRUNK CLOSE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJARO CR4-11 DOUBLE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR4-12 DOUBLE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CR11-03 FUEL FILLER FLAP MOTOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR11-04 TRUNK RELEASE MOTOR ACTIVATE: OPEN / CLOSE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR11-05 TRUNK RELEASE MOTOR ACTIVATE: CLOSE / OPEN: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR11-06 LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR11-07 UNLOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I CR11-08 TRUNK RELEASE MOTOR OPEN STATUS SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN ACTIVATEDSG CR11-10 TRUNK LATCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDPG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG CR11-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDI CR11-21 PASSENGER DOOR LATCH LOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI CR11-22 PASSENGER DOOR LATCH UNLOCK STATUS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I CR12-09 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
S CR13-01 SCP +S CR13-02 SCP –I CR13-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJARI CR13-15 TRUNK RELEASE MOTOR CLOSED STATUS SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN ACTIVATED
Central LockingJaguar XJ 2005 Central Locking Fig. 12.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
CR11-25
B
B PCR11-11
G24BL
DD11-10
B
DD2-6DDS3
B
G9AR(G10AR)
B
DD2-3
DD2-1
DD2-2
DD2-8
RU
DD2-4
DD2-5
DD2-7
DD11-8
DD11-9
DD13-10
DD13-2
DD11-16
DD11-17
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
OY
YG
YB
Y
O
R
DD11-6IP3-4
U
IP60-2 DD11-13IP17-9
N
DD11-20IP17-10
G
DD11-18
R
O
D
B
U
YS
S–
+
NW
DD13-1179
B
20.2 20.3
20.2 20.3
N
DD13-12
B
S76
U
N
G
R
U
N
G
R
DD1-14
DD1-15
DD3-3
IP3-5 DD3-7
D
B GO
DD12-25DD7-1DD10-2*
DD7-2DD10-3*
BP
G9AL(G10AL)
BKDDS1
BB
I
DDS3
B
G9AR(G10AR)
DD1-7
B
U
Y
NW80 B
S
S
NW B
S64
–
+
CR9-12
B
G9CL
20.2 20.3
20.2 20.3
B GUPD7-1PD10-2*
PD7-2PD10-3*
IGU
PD16-22PDS3
B
G10AL(G9AL)
PD16-17
B
WU
BBBCCS3
G15AR
YUI
I
YU
CC2-12
YU
TL28-10
YU
CL3-9 CC2-10 TL28-11
WU WU WU
B
NR
B
G31AL
IPS35
YRI
INR
YR
CR4-12
YG
PD2-3
G23AL
B
PD2-6
G10AL(G9AL)
PD16-17
B
Y
PD2-2
YB
PD2-1
RU
PD2-4
OY
PD2-8
YG
YB
Y
CR11-7
CR11-6
CR11-22
CR11-21
I
I
O
O
O
YG
Y
YB
PD16-10
CRS30
CRS26
CRS29
Y
YB
YG
RU
OY
NS59B
PDS3
B
B RGBT5-1BT5-2
G24AL
I
CR12-9
CR15-2 CR15-1
B O
CR11-3
RU
U
Y
CR13-1
CR13-2
NW
CR4-378B
20.220.3 S
S20.220.3
CR11-12
B
–
+
G24AR
YG
YB
Y
CR4-11
YG
YB
Y
CR4-1
CR4-2
O
O
O
YG
Y
YB
RGRG
BL11-6BT11-6BT11-1BL11-1CRS56
BBB
BCRS23
I
CR4-7
O
BL11-3
CR11-10
BO
BL11-11
O
BT11-3
BO
BT11-11
O
BO
BT2-7
BT2-6
I
CR13-14
WG
BL11-5
WG
BT11-5
WG
BT2-8
O
O
I
I
CR13-15
OY
BL11-9
OY
BT11-9
OY
BT2-5
CR11-8
OG
BL11-8
OG
BT11-8
OG
BT2-3
CR11-4
R
BL11-7
R
BT11-7
R
BT2-1
CR11-5
U
BL11-12
U
BT11-12
U
BT2-2
SCP
CRS75
B
I
.
f12_1_35005
DRIVER DOOR LATCH
LOCK STATUS
SWITCH
UNLOCK STATUS
SWITCH
ALARM SET /LOCK
SWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK
SWITCH
DD1-7
IP60-4
IP60-3
IP60-1
REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY MODULE
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
REMOTE LOCK /
UNLOCK
DD13-7
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
DD13-8 DD3-8
DD13-3
DD13-4
LOCK; UNLOCK;SECURITY
REFER TO APPENDIX:FEM, DDM AND REM CENTRAL LOCKING MESSAGES
NOTE: The CAN / SCP J-Gate Gear Selector position messageis used for “drive away” locking control. Refer to Fig. 04.1.
DRIVER DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
CR9-6
CR85-1
CR85-6
CR9-8
CL2-1
EC36-8
EC36-5
CR1-1
IP9-7IP50-3
IP50-8
CL3-6
CL2-8
IP9-1
CL1-5CL3-3
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only.
VALETSWITCH
GLOBAL OPEN / CLOSESWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP
RELEASE SWITCH PACK
IP50-6
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
FUEL FLAPRELEASE SWITCH
PASSENGER
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
CR9-7
CR9-1
CR13-6
PD16-9
PD16-8
PD16-7
PD16-6
LOCK STATUSSWITCH
UNLOCK STATUSSWITCH
PASSENGER DOOR LATCH
RL9-10 (LHD)RR9-10 (RHD)
RL9-11 (LHD)RR9-11 (RHD)
RL9-9 (LHD)RR9-9 (RHD)
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK MOTOR
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK MOTOR
RR9-9 (LHD)RL9-9 (RHD)
EXTERNAL TRUNK
RELEASE SWITCH
FUEL FILLER FLAP
MOTOR
CLOSE SWITCH
AJAR SWITCH
TRUNK LATCH
NOTES: Check market specification for fitment of Remote Keyless Entry.Double locking components and circuits – Double Locking vehicles only.
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
RL2-1 (LHD)RR2-1 (RHD)
RL2-3 (LHD)RR2-3 (RHD)
RL2-2 (LHD)RR2-2 (RHD)
RR2-1 (LHD)RL2-1 (RHD)
RR2-3 (LHD)RL2-3 (RHD)
RR2-2 (LHD)RL2-2 (RHD)
RR9-10 (LHD)RL9-10 (RHD)
RR9-11 (LHD)
RL9-11 (RHD)
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
LOCK
DOUBLELOCK
UNLOCK
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 12.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
AUTO LAMP SENSOR IP36 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER FRONT
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD7 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – LH REAR RL7 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
RL10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD7 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
PD10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR AJAR SWITCH – RH REAR RR7 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
RR10 3-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / BEHIND TRIM
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
HOOD AJAR SWITCH EC14 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP UNIT
IGNITION SWITCH IP34 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INCLINATION SENSOR CR28 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O DD11–6 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE POWER SUPPLY: B+D DD11–13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONSI DD11–16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI DD11–17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDD DD11–18 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONSD DD11–20 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RETURN
O DD12-06 DDM SECURITY: DDM GROUNDI DD12-25 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJAR
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDPG DD13-08 POWER GROUND: GROUNDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
Engine Control ModulePin Description and Characteristic
C PI1-123 CAN +C PI1-124 CAN –
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I CR1-01 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG CR1-25 FEM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN FEM IS INSTALLED
S CR9-01 SCP –I CR9-03 TELEMATICS DISPLAY SECURITY GROUND SENSING: OPEN CIRCUIT IF TELEMATICS DISPLAY IS REMOVEDB+ CR9-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+S CR9-07 SCP +SG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR10-04 LH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR10-10 RH TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
B+ CR85-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+I CR85-06 VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI CR85-07 AUDIO UNIT SECURITY GROUND SENSING: OPEN CIRCUIT IF AUDIO UNIT IS REMOVEDP CR85-14 STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE GROUND: GROUND
I EC36-02 HOOD AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI EC36-08 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO EC36-20 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
I IP5-02 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING: B+ WHEN KEY INB+ IP5-03 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+B+ IP5-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+O IP5-10 SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUNDSG IP5-14 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
PG IP6-02 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI IP6-04 PATS GROUND: GROUNDD IP6-05 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIOND IP6-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONC IP6–08 CAN +C IP6–09 CAN –S IP6-10 SCP –S IP6-20 SCP +
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+O CR4-05 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONI CR4-06 INTRUSION SENSOR SIGNAL: GROUND (PULSED)I CR4-07 TRUNK CLOSE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJARI CR4-17 RH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJARI CR4-19 FEM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN FEM IS INSTALLED
I CR11-09 INCLINATION SENSOR SIGNALSG CR11-10 TRUNK LATCH SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDPG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI CR11-16 LH REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN DOOR IS AJARSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR12-01 SCLM POWER SUPPLY: B+I CR12-07 DDM SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN DDM IS INSTALLED
S CR13-01 SCP +S CR13-02 SCP –O CR13-08 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR13-09 INCLINATION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+O CR13-10 INTRUSION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+PG CR13-12 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER GROUND SUPPLY: GROUNDI CR13-14 TRUNK AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND (SIGNAL) WHEN TRUNK IS AJAR
O CR71-03 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO CR71-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, REM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Security SystemJaguar XJ 2005 Security System Fig. 12.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
RF3-1
RF2-5
OY
YU
B
RF2-1
RF2-6
OY
YURF3-6
RF3-7
CR85-14
B
DD12-6
O G
CR71-4
O
NW78BS
S
O
CR11-25
B
B PCR11-11
G24BL
–
+
G
Y20.1
20.1
IP6-8
IP6-9PI1-123
PI1-124
Y
G20.1
20.1
IP36-2IP5-10
GOO
IP36-3
NG77
GR
YG
IP5-3
IP5-4
IP6-2
B
16II
P
B
WR
IP6-5IP18-3
GR
IP6-6IP18-4
IP6-4IP18-2
IP18-1
GU
D
D
O
IP5-2
I
BG
S65
B
IP5-14
B
G31BL
4I
IPS6
IPS2
B
B
RW
IP34-5IP34-4
RU4
–
+
–
+C
C
C
C
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
–
+
BDDS3
B
G9AR(G10AR)
B
DD2-7
DD2-5
DD11-17
DD11-16
I
I
O
R
IP60-4 DD11-6IP3-4
U
IP60-2 DD11-13IP17-9
N
IP60-3 DD11-20IP17-10
G
IP60-1 DD11-18
R
O
D
B
U
Y
DD13-3
DD13-4
S
S–
+NW
DD13-1179
B
U
N
G
R
U
N
G
R
DD1-14
DD1-15
DD3-3
IP3-5 DD3-7
D
B GO
DD12-25DD7-1DD10-2*
DD7-2DD10-3*
DD13-8
B P
G9AL(G10AL)
DD13-7
B
DD3-8 DDS1
BB
I
DDS3
B
G9AR(G10AR)
DD1-7
B
NW
CR9-680 B
GO
CR85-3
B
CR9-12
B
G9CL
BK GU
CR1-1PD7-1PD10-2*
PD7-2PD10-3*
IGU
PD16-22PDS3
BK
PD16-17
BK
CL1-5
BBB
CL3-3 CL2-1
YUI
CL3-6
YU
CC2-12
YU
TL28-10
YU
CR85-6
B
IP50-6
B
IPS36 IP50-8
YRI
EC36-8
YR
IP9-1
YR
IP24-2
B
IP24-1
BP
IP1-3
BUEC14-1EC14-2
G1AL
I
EC36-2
17II
EC36-20
O GW
CR10-10
O BR
CR10-4
O BW
IBGBG
CR85-7
BG
IBWBW
CC12-16 CR9-3
BW
CR1-25
O UY
P
IP17-3
U
Y
CR9-7
CR9-1
S
S–
+
U
Y
IP24-4
IP24-3
S
S–
+
U
Y
IO
BL11-3
CR11-10
BO
BL11-11
O
BT11-3
BO
BT11-11
O
BO
BT2-7
BT2-6
I
CR13-14
WG
BL11-5
WG
BT11-5
WG
BT2-8
BK GW
CR11-16RL7-1RL10-2*
RL7-2RL10-3*
IGW
RL9-8
G12BL
RL1-5
BK
BK GW
CR4-17RR7-1RR10-2*
RR7-2RR10-3*
IGW
RR9-8
G13BL
RR1-5
BK
IUY
CR4-19
IG
CR12-7DD1-5
YR O
CR12-1
CR71-3
O U
I
CR13-9B
G23AL
O
B OYG
CR11-9
GOCRS23
B
YG
GO
WD
B
P
O
I
RFS1
BB
G17BR
O
CR13-10
CR4-6
NG
B
O
GU
CR4-5
CR13-8
GR
PS2
PS1
CR45-2
CR45-1
B
GR
B
G24AL
NG
B
GU
44
CRS56
B
CR13-12
P
CRS75
B
I
WR45II
D
f12_2_35005
NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figs. 03.1, 03.3and 03.5.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
PATS
KEY-IN
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTERPASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER
PASSIVEANTI-THEFTSYSTEM
AUTOLAMP SENSOR
SECURITYINDICATOR
20.2 20.3
20.320.2
DD1-7 DD2-6 ALARM SET /LOCKSWITCH
ALARM RESET /UNLOCK SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR LATCH
REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY MODULE
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
DRIVER DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
REMOTESECURITY
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only
VALETSWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
TRUNK RELEASESWITCH
TRUNK AND FUEL FLAP RELEASE
SWITCH PACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
CC1-21 TL28-2
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
AUDIO UNIT
G10AL(G9AL)
CC8-8 CC2-4 TL28-4
PASSENGERDOOR AJARSWITCH
CCS3
G15AR
G31AL
HOOD AJARSWITCH
20.2 20.3
20.2
CR28-5
STEERING COLUMN LOCK MODULE
INCLINATION SENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
INTRUSION SENSOR
RF3-8SERIALCOMMUNICATION
20.3 20.2
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.2
20.320.2
20.320.2
SCPREFER TO APPENDIX: FEM / DDM / REM CENTRAL LOCKING MESSAGES.SECURITY MESSAGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE APPENDIX.
CR28-6
CR28-4
19.2
08.1
08.1
08.2
08.2
HORN RELAY ACTIVATE(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FRONT TURN SIGNALACTIVATE
FRONT TURNSIGNAL ACTIVATE
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
TRUNK LATCH
CLOSE SWITCH
AJAR SWITCH
CR4-7
* NOTE: Double Locking vehicles.
RH REARDOOR AJARSWITCH
LH REARDOOR AJARSWITCH
CR13-1
CR13-2
20.3
20.3
20.2
20.2
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
SECURITYGROUNDSENSING
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
CR4-3
08.3
08.3
REAR TURNSIGNAL ACTIVATE
REAR TURNSIGNAL ACTIVATE
PASSIVE SECURITY
SOUNDER
CR45-3
CR45-6BS1-3
BS1-2CR45-4
BS1-1CR45-5
ACTIVE SECURITY
SOUNDER
NOTE: Check market specification for fitment of the
following Security System options:
• Remote Keyless Entry Module
• Steering Column Lock Module
• Inclination Sensor
• Intrusion Sensor
• Passive Security Sounder
• Active Security Sounder
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 13.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
POWER WASH PUMP EC24 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
POWER WASH RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11
RAIN SENSING MODULE RF6 3-WAY / BLACK CABIN / WINDSHIELD CENTER
O EC36-01 WIPER ON / OFF RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI EC36-03 WIPERS PARKED SIGNAL: GROUND = PARKEDI EC36-06 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDPG EC36-10 RAIN SENSING MODULE POWER GROUND: GROUNDO EC36-16 POWER WASH RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EC36-17 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 14.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DT4 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR LT3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR TRIM
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PT4 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR RT3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR TRIM
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – DRIVER DD6 8-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR RL6 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – PASSENGER PD6 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR RR6 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ’A’ POST
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ’A’ POST
DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
DT6 16-WAY / BLUE / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
EC1 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ’A’ POST
LT1 12-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / LH REAR DOOR TRIM
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PD16 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PT1 12-WAY / GREY / PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ’A’ POST
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ’B/C’ POST
RL9 16-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ’B/C’ POST
RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ’B/C’ POST
RR9 16-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ’B/C’ POST
RT1 12-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / RH REAR DOOR TRIM
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G10 CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G24 TRUNK / RH SIDE / REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Driver Door ModulePin Description and Characteristic
I DD11–16 DRIVER DOOR ALARM SET / LOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUNDI DD11–17 DRIVER DOOR ALARM RESET / UNLOCK SWITCH (NORMALLY OPEN): OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O DD12-12 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE STATUS LED ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+I DD12-22 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH, OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN SELECTED
S DD13-03 SCP NETWORK +S DD13-04 SCP NETWORK –SG DD13-07 LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDB+ DD13-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR1–14 POWER WINDOWS ENABLE: TO ACTIVATE, FEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+O CR1–15 GLOBAL CLOSE SIGNAL: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
S CR9–01 SCP –B+ CR9–06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+S CR9–07 SCP +I CR9-08 GLOBAL OPEN / CLOSE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDSG CR9-12 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR4-03 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC): B+
PG CR11-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG CR11-25 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
O CR12-02 REAR WINDOW ISOLATE: TO ISOLATE, REM INTERRUPTS GROUND SUPPLY
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 15.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TL26 2-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘D’ POST
TL11 3-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER TL5 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / THIRD FROM TOP
DB2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW HW1 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HW2 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT DD4 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
PD4 2-WAY / WHITE
MID-BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR RL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT PD4 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DD4 2-WAY / WHITE
MID-BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR RR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
TWEETER SPEAKER – LH FRONT DT3 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
PT3 2-WAY / WHITE
TWEETER SPEAKER – LH REAR LT4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
TWEETER SPEAKER – RH FRONT PT3 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DT3 2-WAY / WHITE
TWEETER SPEAKER – RH REAR RT4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC7 10-WAY / GREY / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
CC19 2-WAY / BLACK / AUDIO UNIT ANTENNA CABIN / BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
LT1 12-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / LH REAR DOOR TRIM
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
PT1 12-WAY / GREY / PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
RT1 12-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / RH REAR DOOR TRIM
TL31 14-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Audio Unit – PremiumPin Description and Characteristic
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 15.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TL26 2-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘D’ POST
TL11 3-WAY / BLACK
AUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER TL5 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / THIRD FROM TOP
DB2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
HEATED REAR WINDOW HW1 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
HW2 1-WAY / BLACK CABIN / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT DD4 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
PD4 2-WAY / WHITE
MID-BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR RL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT PD4 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DD4 2-WAY / WHITE
MID-BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR RR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
MID-RANGE SPEAKER – LH FASCIA IP25 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
MID-RANGE SPEAKER – RH FASCIA IP30 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE
POWER AMPLIFIER TL9 12-WAY / WHITE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR
TL10 18-WAY / WHITE
DB7 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES — — STEERING WHEEL
SUBWOOFER – LH TL3 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
SUBWOOFER – RH TL61 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF, RH SIDE
TWEETER SPEAKER – LH FRONT DT3 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
PT3 2-WAY / WHITE
TWEETER SPEAKER – LH REAR LT4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR
TWEETER SPEAKER – RH FRONT PT3 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DT3 2-WAY / WHITE
TWEETER SPEAKER – RH REAR RT4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 NOT AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE
CC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
CC19 2-WAY / BLACK / AUDIO UNIT ANTENNA CABIN / BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE
DD3 10-WAY / GREY / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
DT1 16-WAY / GREEN / DRIVER DOOR HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER DOOR TRIM
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
LT1 12-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / LH REAR DOOR TRIM
PD1 14-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
PT1 12-WAY / GREY / PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER DOOR TRIM
RL1 6-WAY / GREY / LH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘B/C’ POST
RR1 6-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘B/C’ POST
RT1 12-WAY / GREY / RH REAR DOOR HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR TRIM HARNESS CABIN / RH REAR DOOR TRIM
TL31 14-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Audio Unit – AudiophilePin Description and Characteristic
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 15.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationARMREST LID SWITCH RC7 3-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARMREST
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR TL20 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / LH SIDE
TL85 20-WAY / BLACK
TL86 20-WAY / BLACK
TL87 20-WAY / BLACK
DVD PLAYER TL32 4-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / TOP
TL47 13-WAY / BLACK
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL RC1 8-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARM REST OR REAR FLOOR CONSOLE
RC3 20-WAY / BLACK
RC5 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION SCREEN – LH REAR VL1 20-WAY / GREEN LH FRONT SEAT HEAD REST
TELEVISION SCREEN – RH REAR VR1 20-WAY / GREEN RH FRONT SEAT HEAD REST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RC4 20-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
TL91 20-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO RH REAR TELEVISION HARNESS CABIN / BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
TL92 20-WAY / GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO LH REAR TELEVISION HARNESS CABIN / BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
VL2 21-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO LH REAR TELEVISION HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH FRONT SEAT BACK FINISHER
VR2 21-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO RH REAR TELEVISION HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND RH FRONT SEAT BACK FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG18 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / LH SIDE
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 16.7 and16.8 for Navigation ControlModule power supplies andgrounds.
NOTE: Refer to Figs. 16.7 and16.8 for Telematics Displaypower supplies and grounds.
NAVIGATION CONTROL
MODULE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
TL29-5
TL29-18
TL29-6
TL29-4
TL29-19
CC11-3
CC11-8
CC11-2
CC11-1
CC11-9
CC11-7
TL47-7
TL47-6
TL47-13
TL47-12
TL47-8
TL47-3
TL47-9
TL47-5
TL47-10
TL47-E
RC2-5
RC4-1
RC4-3
RC4-2
RC4-4
RC4-5
RC4-6
RC4-7
RC4-8
RC4-9
RC4-10
RC4-E
TL20-8
TL86-1
TL86-3
TL86-2
TL86-4
TL86-5
TL86-6
TL86-7
TL86-8
TL86-9
TL86-10
TL86-E
DVDEJECT
TL66-7
TL66-6
TL66-8
TL66-3
TL66-9
TL66-5
TL66-E
TL20-3
TL20-4
TL20-2
TL20-1
TL20-6
TL20-5
AUDIO / VIDEO SELECTOR
TL85-1
TL85-2
TL85-3
TL85-4
TL85-5
TL85-7
TL85-6
TL85-8
TL85-9
TL85-E
TL87-1
TL87-2
TL87-3
TL87-4
TL87-5
TL87-7
TL87-6
TL87-8
TL87-9
TL87-E
TL92-1
TL92-2
TL92-3
TL92-4
TL92-5
TL92-7
TL92-6
TL92-8
TL92-9
TL92-E
VL2-1
VL2-2
VL2-3
VL2-4
VL2-5
VL2-7
VL2-6
VL2-8
VL2-9
VL2-E
VL1-1
VL1-2
VL1-3
VL1-4
VL1-5
VL1-7
VL1-6
VL1-8
VL1-9
VL1-E
LH REAR TELEVISION
SCREEN
VR2-1
VR2-2
VR2-3
VR2-4
VR2-5
VR2-7
VR2-6
VR2-8
VR2-9
VR2-E
VR1-1
VR1-2
VR1-3
VR1-4
VR1-5
VR1-7
VR1-6
VR1-8
VR1-9
VR1-E
RH REAR TELEVISION SCREEN
TL91-1
TL91-2
TL91-3
TL91-4
TL91-5
TL91-7
TL91-6
TL91-8
TL91-9
TL91-E
VARIANT: Rear ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.2
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
O TL7–1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLYO TL7–2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONEO TL7–3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)O TL7–4 MUTE COMMANDI TL7–5 MANUAL TEST DATAI TL7–6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGEPG TL7–9 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG TL7–10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUNDSG TL7–11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUNDB+ TL7–12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ TL7–13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ TL7–14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+I TL7–17 MICROPHONE +I TL7–18 MICROPHONE –D TL7–20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATAD TL7–21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATAD TL7–22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATAI TL7–23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UPI TL7–25 POWER GROUND: GROUNDI TL7–26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUNDI TL7–29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
Telephone System: NASJaguar XJ 2005 Telephone System: NAS Fig. 16.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
TLS7
B
B
TL7-9
G25AL
B
TL7-25
BOF
BOF20.4
DB3-1
DB3-2
RW
WR
TL7-12
TL7-29
TL7-25
64
49II
D2
D220.4
TL7-23
OG20.4 O
TL7-9
RW
TL7-1365
YU
TL7-14
7I
TL7-4
U O
TL7-18
TL7-17
TL68-13
TL68-3
G
Y
O
Y
TL7-11TL68-15
BRD BRD
RF3-12
RF3-11
W W
I
I
I
U
TL2-13
U
CC8-7
U
CC12-10
UTLS4CC1-19
B
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
TL68-12
TL68-1
TL68-2
N
G
RF26-2
RF26-1
RF26-3
W
G
Y
WBRD
TL48-3
RU
TL7-1
TL48-2
BG
TL7-26
TL48-8
WG
TL7-2
TL48-9
YU
TL7-3
TL48-1
Y
TL7-6
TL48-10
U
TL7-5
TL48-7
BO
TL7-10
TL48-4
W
TL7-21
TL48-5
YB
TL7-20
TL48-6
G
TL7-22
TL45-1
TL45-2
TL56-1
TL56-2
D
D
D
I
I
O
O
O
R
BRD
U
CC1-17
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NOTE: TLS4 – Navigation vehicles only
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE
HANDSET
TELEPHONE ANTENNA
D2B NETWORK:
”WAKE UP”
MUTE
f16_2_35005
W W
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.3
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.4
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I TL68–01 MICROPHONE +SG TL68–02 MICROPHONE SHIELDO TL68–03 MICROPHONE +B+ TL68–06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)B+ TL68–08 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)PG TL68–11 POWER GROUNDI TL68–12 MICROPHONE –O TL68–13 MICROPHONE –O TL68–14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UPSG TL68–15 MICROPHONE SHIELDB+ TL68–22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
Telephone System with Voice: NASJaguar XJ 2005 Telephone System with Voice: NAS Fig. 16.4
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
20.4
DB3-1
DB3-2
RW
WR
TL7-12
TL7-29
64
49II
D2
D220.4
TL7-23
OG20.4 O
RW
TL7-1365
YU
TL7-14
7I
TL7-18
TL7-17
TL68-13
TL68-3
G
Y
O
Y
TL7-11TL68-15
BRD BRD
RF3-12
RF3-11
W W
B
B
B
B
P
P
I
I
TL68-12
TL68-1
TL68-2
W
RF26-2
RF26-1
RF26-3
W
G
Y
WBRD
TL7-4
UO
I
I
I
TL2-13
U
CC8-7
CC12-10
U
U
U
CC1-19
TLS4
DB4-2
DB4-120.4
20.4
G25AR
WR
TL68-6
48II
D2
D2
TL68-14
OG20.4 O
RW
TL68-2266
YU
TL68-8
8I
TL68-11
B
CC21-1
CC21-2
I
CC8-18
D2
D2
20.4
20.4
P
B
B
B
03.2YG
RW
YG
PI41-24
YG
SW8-6
SW8-3
03.403.6
TL45-1
TL45-2
TL56-1
TL56-2
R
BRD
TL7-25
B
G25AL
TL7-9
B
BTLS7
CC10-1
RW
U
CC1-17
I
I
O
O
PH2-4
W
TL7-1
PH2-7
WB
TL7-26
PH2-8
O
TL7-3
PH2-5
G
TL7-20
PH2-6
Y
TL7-22
PH2-2
U
TL7-8
PH2-3
G
TL7-24
PH2-9
Y
TL7-7
D
D
O
O
N
B
W
O
R
U
G
Y
TL18-9
TL18-3
TL18-2
TL18-7
TL18-6
TL18-5
TL18-8
TL18-4
WBW
f16_4_35005
ECM: SENSOR GROUND
PHONE, VOICE
VOLUME +
MEMORY+
MEMORY –
VOLUME –
SELECT
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
IP55-11 (LHD)IP9-3 (RHD)
RESISTOR PACK
STEERING WHEEL AUDIO SWITCHES
3K01
1K0
154R
261R
475R 93R1
53R5
AUDIO UNIT
BOF
BOF
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOF
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
MUTE
NOTE: TLS4 – Navigation vehicles only
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
HANDSET RECEIVER
TELEPHONEANTENNA
VARIANT: NAS Voice Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
Navigation SystemJaguar XJ 2005 Navigation System Fig. 16.5
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
–
+
U
Y20.220.3
TL2-4
TL2-14
S
S
UU
TL29-20
BOF
BOF20.4
DB6-1
DB6-2
R
R
TL2-1
TL2-11
B
D2
D220.4
TL2-3
OG20.4 O
TL2-13
U16.116.216.316.4 I
TL2-2
11I
TL37-1 TL8-1
TL8-2TL37-2
R
R
CC12-16
BW
RW
CC12-9
CC12-2
CC12-1
12I
51
09.3
CC1-8 CC12-15
YY
TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4
GG
TL30-7 CC1-2 CC12-20
YY
TL30-1 CC1-1 CC12-19
OO
TL30-2 CC1-3 CC12-21
BRDW
TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11
WW
TL30-8 CC1-4 CC12-22
BRD W
50 B
B
P
B
B
I
CC12-12
B P
BRD
R
I U
CC12-1016.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
20.220.3
G25AR
I 12.2
f16_5_35005
TELEPHONE: MUTE
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NAVIGATION
GPS ANTENNA
DIMMER–CONTROLLED LIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
SECURITY GROUND SENSING
G15AR
W W
VARIANT: Navigation Vehicles (except Japan)
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 16.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION ANTENNA 1 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 2 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 3 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TELEVISION ANTENNA 4 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 1 TL51 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 2 TL52 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3 TL53 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 4 TL54 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC5 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
Navigation System with TelevisionJaguar XJ 2005 Navigation System with Television Fig. 16.6
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
–
+
U
Y
TL2-4
TL2-14
S
S
UU
TL29-20
BOF
BOF
DB6-1
DB6-2
R
R
TL2-1
TL2-11
B
D2
D2
TL2-3
OG O
TL2-13
U I
11I
TL37-1
TL37-2
R
R
CC12-16
BW
RW
CC12-9
CC12-2
CC12-1
12I
51
CC1-8 CC12-15
YY
TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4
GG
TL30-7 CC1-2 CC12-20
YY
TL30-1 CC1-1 CC12-19
OO
TL30-2 CC1-3 CC12-21
W
TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11
WW
TL30-8 CC1-4 CC12-22
BRD W
50 B
B
P
B
B
I
CC12-12
B P
R
IU
CC12-10
G25AR G15AR
I
W
TL29-16 CC1-14 CC12-8
WBWB
TL29-1 CC1-13 CC12-18
BRD W
WW
TL29-3 CC1-12 CC12-5
YY
TL29-2 CC1-9 CC12-7
OO
TL29-14 CC1-11 CC12-6
GG
TL29-15 CC1-10 CC12-17
CC5-1
CC5-2
CC5-7
CC5-8
CC5-3
CC5-4
CC5-5
CC5-6
CC13-1
R
CC13-2
CC14-1
R
CC14-2
CC15-1
R
CC15-2
CC16-1
R
CC16-2
R
R
R
R
TL51-1
TL51-2
TL52-1
TL52-2
TL53-1
TL53-2
TL54-1
TL54-2
I
I
I
I
f16_6_35005
20.4
20.4
20.4
20.220.3
20.3 20.2
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
TELEPHONE: MUTE
VIDEO
AUDIO
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
TL2-2
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
BRD BRD
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
09.2 DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
NAVIGATION GPS
ANTENNA
TL8-1
TL8-2
TELEPHONE: MUTE
SECURITYGROUND SENSING
16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
12.2
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 1
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 2
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 3
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 4
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 1
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 2
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 3
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 4
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
W W
WW
VARIANT: Navigation Vehicles with TV (except Japan)
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA TL8 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TELEMATICS DISPLAY CC12 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC13 2-WAY / BLACK
CC14 2-WAY / BLACK
CC15 2-WAY / BLACK
CC16 2-WAY / BLACK
TELEVISION ANTENNA 1 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 2 — — PARCEL SHELF
TELEVISION ANTENNA 3 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TELEVISION ANTENNA 4 — — RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 1 TL51 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 2 TL52 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 3 TL53 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
TV ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 4 TL54 2-WAY / BLACK RH ‘B/C’ POST / UPPER
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA TL63 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TL16 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / LH SIDE / FORWARD OF MODULE STACK
TL36 2-WAY / BLACK
TL64 2-WAY / BLACK
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CR108 2-WAY / BLACK UPPER LH ‘A’ POST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC5 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RF26 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / LH ‘D’ POST
TL88 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G25 TRUNK / LH SIDE / ADJACENT TO CD AUTOCHANGER
Navigation System: JapanJaguar XJ 2005 Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.7
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
–
+
U
Y
TL2-4
TL2-14
S
S
UU
TL29-20
BOF
BOF
DB6-1
DB6-2
R
R
TL2-1
TL2-11
B
D2
D2
TL2-3
OG O
TL2-13
U I
TL2-2
11I
TL37-1 TL8-1
TL8-2TL37-2
R
R
CC12-16
BW
RW
CC12-9
CC12-2
CC12-1
12I
51
CC1-8 CC12-15
YY
TL29-7 CC1-7 CC12-4
GG
TL30-7 CC1-2 CC12-20
YY
TL30-1 CC1-1 CC12-19
OO
TL30-2 CC1-3 CC12-21
BRDW
TL30-3 CC1-5 CC12-11
WW
TL30-8 CC1-4 CC12-22
BRD W
50 B
B
P
B
B
I
CC12-12
B P
BRD
R
IU
CC12-1016.2 16.3 16.4
G25AR G15AR
I
BRDW
TL29-16 CC1-14 CC12-8
WBWB
TL29-1 CC1-13 CC12-18
BRD W
WW
TL29-3 CC1-12 CC12-5
YY
TL29-2 CC1-9 CC12-7
OO
TL29-14 CC1-11 CC12-6
GG
TL29-15 CC1-10 CC12-17
CC5-1
CC5-2
CC5-7
CC5-8
CC5-3
CC5-4
CC5-5
CC5-6
CC13-1
R
CC13-2
BRD
CC14-1
R
CC14-2
BRD
CC15-1
R
CC15-2
BRD
CC16-1
R
CC16-2
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
R
BRD
TL51-1
TL51-2
TL52-1
TL52-2
TL53-1
TL53-2
TL54-1
TL54-2
I
I
I
I
TL30-11
TL30-6
G
Y
G
Y
TL30-12
BRD
RF3-12
RF3-11
W
I
I
RF26-2
RF26-1
RF26-3
WWBRD
CR108-1
TL16-6
CR108-2
TL30-5
B
RW
YU
TL16-3
TL16-4
71
9I
TL16-5
TL16-1 TL30-4
TL16-2 TL30-10
TL16-7
BRD
TL30-9
K
W
R
R
BRD
TL64-1
TL64-2
TL63-1
TL63-2
TL36-1
N
TL36-2
BRD
P
B
B
I
IN
BRD
TL88-1
TL88-2
G25AR
f16_7_35005
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
ANTENNA
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
SENSOR
D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”
20.4
20.4
20.4
20.3 20.2
20.220.3
TELEPHONE: MUTE 16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
MICROPHONE
ROOF CONSOLE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
AUDIO
VIDEO
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NAVIGATION GPS
ANTENNA
DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE
SECURITY GROUNDSENSING
09.2
16.1
12.2
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 1
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 2
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 3
TV ANTENNA
AMPLIFIER 4
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 1
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 2
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 3
TELEVISION
ANTENNA 4
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE
W W
WWW W
VARIANT: Japan Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCURTAIN AIR BAG IGNITER – DRIVER CR62 2-WAY / YELLOW HEADLINER, DRIVER SIDE
CURTAIN AIR BAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CR33 2-WAY / YELLOW HEADLINER, PASSENGER SIDE
DUAL AIR BAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW11 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SW12 2-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SD20 2-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT TRACK, LH SIDE
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR EC50 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, CENTER
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – CENTER REAR CR65 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER SD19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER SIDE REAR CR64 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER SP19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER SIDE REAR CR66 2-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SIDE AIR BAG IGNITER – DRIVER SD17 2-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT, SEAT BACK
SIDE AIR BAG IGNITER – PASSENGER SP17 2-WAY / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT, SEAT BACK
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CR60 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CR61 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘D’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CR35 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST, LOWER
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CR51 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘D’ POST, LOWER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationEC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
Advanced Restraints System: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Fig. 17.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
RW
SD19-3
B
G12AR(G13AR)
CR60-2
CR86-5WU
CR86-12
CR86-16
B
G7AS(G7AL)
CR87-23
UY
20II
CR86-19
YU O
SD17-2
SD17-1
RW
BW
SD16-2
SD16-1
RW
BW
CR62-2
CR62-1
O
OY
YR
YR
SW8-2
SW8-1
Y
Y
SW8-10
SW8-9
07.1
CR86-22
YR O
CR86-11
W20.2 D
SD19-4 CR87-25
CR86-15O
CR60-1
CR87-27
NG
CR87-28
WU
CR35-2
CR35-1
CR87-29
NR
CR87-30
WR
EC50-2
N
EC50-1
W
CR87-19
N
CR87-20
W
EC46-20
EC46-19
CR87-24
U
CR86-6
CR86-1
CR86-2
CR87-3
CR87-4
CR87-1
CR87-2
SP17-2
SP17-1
RW
BW
SP16-2
SP16-1
RW
BW
CR33-2
CR33-1
RW
BW
CR87-5
CR87-6
CR87-21
CR87-22
CR87-13
BO
CR87-14
U
CR61-2
CR61-1
CR87-15
YR
CR87-16
O
CR51-2
CR51-1
B
P
H
H
07.1
SD28-10
UY
U
RWBSDS5SD28-1
B
BR
IP76-4
IP76-3
YR
YR
Y
Y
IP76-2
IP76-1
SD16-3
SD16-4
GR
GU
CR87-31
CR87-32
SD19-2
SD19-1
GR
GU
SP16-3
SP16-4
WR
WU
CR87-33
CR87-34
SP19-2
SP19-1
WR
WU
CR64-2
CR64-1
Y
Y
CR87-35
CR87-36
CR65-2
CR65-1
YR
YR
CR87-39
CR87-40
CR66-2
CR66-1
YU
YU
CR87-37
CR87-38
17.2
SW10-3
SW10-4
SW10-1
SW10-2
SW12-1
SW12-2
SW11-1
SW11-2
NB
SW
SB
NR
20.3
f17_1_35005
FRONT IMPACT
SENSOR
DRIVER SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR
PASSENGER SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR
DRIVER REAR SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR
PASSENGER REAR SIDE
IMPACT SENSOR
DRIVER SEAT
POSITION SWITCH
DRIVER SEAT BELT
SWITCH
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
STAGETWO
STAGEONE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
(Continued Fig. 17.2)
PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATION LAMP
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
DRIVER SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
PASSENGER SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG
IGNITER
DRIVER SIDE REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
CENTER REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
PASSENGER SIDE REAR SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER IGNITER
SD20-2
SD20-1
SD28-3
SD28-9
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDUAL AIR BAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP15 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP56 2-WAY / BLACK
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE SP30 26-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP68 3-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE SP2 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CR86 24-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
CR87 40-WAY / BLACK
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP19 4-WAY / GREY SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT TENSION SENSOR – PASSENGER SP33 4-WAY / GREY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE (LHD) CL6 2-WAY / BLACK
SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE (RHD) CL7 2-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SPATIAL SENSOR – HEADLINER INNER RF16 2-WAY / BLACK HEADLINER, ABOVE FRONT PASSENGER
SPATIAL SENSOR – HEADLINER OUTER RF18 2-WAY / BLACK HEADLINER, ABOVE FRONT PASSENGER
SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST CR105 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / UPPER
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
IP3 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
SP28 20-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG7 CABIN / LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G12 CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
G13 CABIN / BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Advanced Restraints System: Part 2Jaguar XJ 2005 Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 Fig. 17.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
O
U
SP3-A
SP3-B
SP3-C
SP30-25
Y
B
R
SP2-H
SP2-K
SP2-J
O
CR87-17
U
CR87-18
C
C
SP30-24 SP28-5
SP28-6
C
C
WU
SP30-22
22II
+
–
+
–
G13AR(G12AR)
B B B
SP30-23 SP28-1SPS3
B
P
CR105-1
CR105-2
SP30-5
BR
SP30-6
GW
SP28-10
SP28-9
SP30-3
NW
SP30-4
Y
TL93-4
TL93-3
SP28-20
SP28-19
RF16-1
RF16-2
SP30-1
BG
SP30-2
OG
RF2-12
RF2-11
SP28-18
SP28-17
RF18-1
RF18-2
SP30-7
BO
SP30-8
GU
RF2-10
RF2-9
SP28-7
SP28-8
SP2-D SP30-10
SP2-G SP30-9
SP2-F SP30-11
SP2-E SP30-12
BW
R
UY
OY
NW
Y
BG
OG
BO
GU
BR
GW
NW
Y
BG
OG
BO
GU
CR86-14
IP15-1
BW
RW
IP15-2
IP56-1
Y
U
IP56-2
CR86-13
CR86-4
CR86-3
BW
RW
Y
U
IP77-2
IP77-1
IP77-3
IP77-4
CR86-16
B
G7AS(G7AL)
BR WUCR86-15O
IP68-1IP68-3
21II
P
BR
CC2-22
CC2-21
NW
Y
CL3-11
CL3-10
NW
Y
C
C
C
C
+
–
+
–
SP33-3
SP33-1
SP33-2
B
Y
R
SP2-C
SP2-B
SP2-A
BKRU
SP19-4 SPS3
BK
G13AR(G12AR)
SP19-3CR87-26HRU
SP28-1
BK
f17_2_35005
PASSENGER ”A” POST
SPATIAL SENSOR
CENTER CONSOLE
SPATIAL SENSOR
HEADLINER INNER
SPATIAL SENSOR
HEADLINER OUTER
SPATIAL SENSOR
PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT
PRESSURE SENSOR
CL6-1 (LHD)CL7-1 (RHD)
CL6-2 (LHD)CL7-2 (RHD)
PASSENGER SEAT BELT
TENSION SENSOR
PASSENGER SEAT
WEIGHT SENSING MODULE
OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE
LOCAL LOCAL
LOCAL LOCAL
IMPACT SENSORS; PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH: REFER TO
FIGURE 17.1.
STAGEONE
STAGETWO
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
(Continued from Fig. 17.1)
NOTE: RCM power supply shown in Fig. 17.1.
IP3-2
PASSENGER AIRBAG
DEACTIVATED
INDICATOR LAMP
PASSENGER
DUAL AIRBAG
IGNITERS
SP28-3
PASSENGER SEAT
BELT SWITCH
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 18.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationFRONT LH CENTER SENSOR BF4 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, LH, CENTER
FRONT LH SENSOR BF5 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, LH
FRONT RH CENTER SENSOR BF3 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, RH CENTER
FRONT RH SENSOR BF2 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER, RH
REAR LH CENTER SENSOR BR4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, LH, CENTER
REAR LH SENSOR BR5 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, LH
REAR RH CENTER SENSOR BR3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, RH CENTER
REAR RH SENSOR BR2 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER, RH
ROOF CONSOLE RF3 20-WAY / BLACK CABIN ROOF
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationBF1 10-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BR1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND REAR BUMPER, RH SIDE
EC46 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND DRIVER SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
RF2 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘D’ POST
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG17 CABIN / BELOW REAR SEAT / RH SIDE
G29 TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Instrument ClusterPin Description and Characteristic
C IP6–08 CAN +C IP6–09 CAN –S IP6–10 SCP –S IP6–20 SCP +
Parking Aid ModulePin Description and Characteristic
B+ CR52-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+SS CR52-02 FRONT SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+PG CR52-03 POWER GROUND: GROUNDSG CR52-04 REAR SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDD CR52-05 D CR52-05 SERIAL DATA LINKI CR52-06 CHIME INHIBIT SIGNALI CR52-07 PARKING AID SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDI CR52-08 TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTEDI CR52-09 REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS OND CR52-10 REAR LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-11 REAR LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-12 FRONT LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-13 FRONT LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATAO CR52-14 PARKING AID SOUNDERS +SS CR52-15 REAR SENSOR SIGNAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+SG CR52-16 REAR SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO CR52-17 REAR PARKING AID SOUNDER ñO CR52-18 FRONT PARKING AID SOUNDER ñO CR52-19 PARKING AID STATUS LED ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PAM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+D CR52-23 REAR RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-24 REAR RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-25 FRONT RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATAD CR52-26 FRONT RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA
Rear Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
O CR11–17 PARKING AID CHIME INHIBIT SIGNAL
S CR13–01 SCP +S CR13–02 SCP –
Parking Aid SystemJaguar XJ 2005 Parking Aid System Fig. 18.1
NOTE: “Chime Inhibit” signal> 15 km/h (10 mph) sensors disabled< 10 km/h (6 mph) sensors enabled
BR1-5
BR1-6
BR1-7
BR1-8
BR1-9
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
VEHICLE SPEED
CR13-1
CR13-2
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
REAR RH
SENSOR
REAR RH CENTER
SENSOR
REAR LH CENTER
SENSOR
REAR LH
SENSOR
CAN
VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I InputO OutputB+ Battery Voltage
PG Power GroundSS Sensor / Signal Supply VSG Sensor / Signal Ground
C CAN NetworkS SCP NetworkD2 D2B Network
D Serial and Encoded DataV Voltage (DC)PWM Pulse Width Modulated
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 19.1
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CL1 8-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CL2 8-WAY / BLACK
CLOCK IP19 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL / CENTER VENT
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
GLOVE BOX MOTOR IP16 3-WAY / BLACK GLOVE BOX
GLOVE BOX SWITCH IP12 2-WAY / BLACK GLOVE BOX
STEERING WHEEL SW7 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
STEERING WHEEL HEATER MODULE SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CL3 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE LINK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP9 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / ADJACENT TO HOOD RELEASE
IP17 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
TL28 16-WAY / GREY / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG9 CABIN / UPPER LH A POST
G15 CABIN / RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
G31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
G32 CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
Front Electronic ModulePin Description and Characteristic
PG CR1-26 POWER GROUND: GROUND
B+ CR9-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: LOGIC: B+
PG CR10-11 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-13 POWER GROUND: GROUNDPG CR10-14 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CR85-18 LH FRONT SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: PWMI CR85-19 RH FRONT SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: PWM O CR85-20 SEAT HEATERS SWITCHED ON SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EC36-09 GLOVE BOX RELEASE ACTIVATE
Ancillaries: Part 1Jaguar XJ 2005 Ancillaries: Part 1 Fig. 19.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
O
BO G
IP2-2
OGIP12-1IP12-2
IP16-3
IP17-5
IPS5
IP9-2
B
G32AL
IP19-2
RWIP19-6
NW
CR9-2
I
CR85-20
O Y
EC36-9
O GU
W1-3
CR10-13
B P
CR10-11
B P
CR10-14
B P
B PCR1-26
G9BLG9BR
WU
CL1-5
BBB
CL3-3CCS3
G15AR
WU
CC2-9
WU
TL28-8
WU
CR85-19
35II
CL1-6
NG RW RW
CC2-8
RW
TL28-7
RW
CR85-18
I
I
BNW
CR9-680
Y
W6-2
13II
Y W
B
IW
P
O
SWS1
W
W7-2
O
W7-1
B
BSWS2
B
B
W9-1
B BIPS2
G31BL
CR10-13
B P
CR10-11
B P
CR10-14
B P
B PCR1-26
G9BLG9BR
BNW
CR9-680
GU I
P
B
IP16-1S55
B
G32AL
BI
IP19-5
BP
81
B
G32AL
IPS5
f19_1_35005
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
STATE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NOTE: CCS3 – Non Navigation vehicles only
LH RH
LH
RH
CL2-5
CL1-4
CL3-8
CL3-2
STEERING WHEEL HEATER
SLIP RING
SW9-2S
SW8-5S
CASSETTE
SW5-3
SW5-4
STEERING WHEEL
HEATER MODULE
RR
STEERING WHEELHEATER
SW5-1
SW5-2
SW7-4S
SW6-1S
SLIP RING
TEMPERATURESENSOR
SW7-3S
FRONT ELECTRONIC
MODULE
STEERING WHEEL
GLOVE BOX SWITCH
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
IP16-2
GLOVE BOX MOTOR
CLOCK
DIMMER-CONTROLLEDLIGHTING
09.2
CLOCKGLOVE BOX DOOR
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 19.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3
AUXILIARY RELAY — — REAR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT TL69 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR TL70 3-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING MODULE CR121 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX EC4 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
EC5 4-WAY / BLACK
EC19 8-WAY / BLACK
EC22 4-WAY / BLACK
EC26 8-WAY / BLACK
EC28 12-WAY / BLACK
EC32 4-WAY / BLACK
EC35 8-WAY / BLACK
EC40 8-WAY / BLACK
EC41 10-WAY / BLACK
HORN RELAY — — FRONT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R14
HORN SWITCH — — STEERING WHEEL
HORNS EC58 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE
POWER POINT – FRONT IP21 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
POWER POINT – REAR TL72 3-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 20.1
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR SUSPENSION MODULE CR88 9-WAY / BLACK CABIN REAR BULKHEAD / BEHIND REAR SEAT BACK / RH SIDE
CR89 12-WAY / BLACK
CR90 15-WAY / BLACK
CR91 18-WAY / BLACK
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE AC100 16-WAY / BLACK CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT / DRIVER SIDE
AC101 26-WAY / BLACK
CR119 22-WAY / BLACK
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 DATA LINK CONNECTOR TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE EC30 47-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE RA1 16-WAY / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE
RA2 12-WAY / BLACK
SPEED CONTROL MODULE IP78 30-WAY YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, DRIVER SIDE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY
YAW RATE SENSOR IP23 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / REARWARD OF J GATE
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CC2 22-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
CR120 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE
GB1 16-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO TRANSMISSION HARNESS ADJACENT TO TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
IP55 22-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP66 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO REAR AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
TL22 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
TL93 8-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Controller Area NetworkJaguar XJ 2005 Controller Area Network Fig. 20.1
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
Y
G
*GB1-1
IP39-4
B
IP39-5
B
82NW
IP39-16
G31AR
G
Y
G
Y
GB2-6
GB2-2
+
–
C
C
P
B
PI1-124
PI1-123
+
– C
C
IP39-14
G
IP39-6
Y
*GB1-2
Y
G
Y
G
*GBS1
*GBS2
*GB1-3
*GB1-4
PI41-20
PI41-21
G
Y
IP78-9
IP78-8
+
–
C
C
Y
G
Y
G
EC30-12
EC30-14
C
C –
+
EC30-11
EC30-15
C
C–
+
U
Y
IP23-2
IP23-1
+
–
C
C
IPS32
IPS33
IPS17
IPS16
IP55-21
IP55-22
CR119-6
CR119-7
C
C –
+
G
Y
CR119-16
CR119-17
C
C–
+
C
C–
+
G
Y
IP6-8
IP6-9
C
C–
+ C
C –
+
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
U
Y
IP55-16
IP55-17
C – C +
EC30-25
EC30-29
IP32-9
IP32-10
C
C –
+
G
Y
IP32-11
IP32-12
C
C–
+
G
Y
Y
G
Y
G
IP66-11
IP66-12
IP66-4
IP66-5
RA1-8
RA1-16
C
C–
+Y
G
Y
G
Y
G
TL93-1 CR88-7
CR88-8
+
–C
C
TL93-2
Y
G
Y
G
CC10-17
CC10-16
–
+
GO
IP39-9
B40II
G
Y
Y
G
CR120-3
CR120-4
Y
G
CR120-5
CR120-6
Y
G
f20_1_35005
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
YAW RATE SENSOR
SPEED CONTROL MODULE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
MODULE
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
J GATE MODULE
REAR CLIMATE CONTROL
MODULE
IP6-18
IP6-19
AIR SUSPENSION MODULE
NOTE: The circuits include all vehicle options.
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
120R
120R
LOCAL
**PIS50
**PIS51
NOTE: *V6 only; **V8 and S/C only
CC2-20
CC2-19
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 20.2
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE CR1 26-WAY / BLACK CABIN / LH ‘A’ POST
CR9 12-WAY / BLACK
CR10 17-WAY / BLACK
CR85 20-WAY / BLACK
EC36 22-WAY / BLACK
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
TL14 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE / BEHIND CD AUTOCHANGER
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link: LHDJaguar XJ 2005 Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link: LHD Fig. 20.2
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
S
S
TL2-14
TL2-4
U
Y
S
S
SD2-12
SD2-1
U
YCRS47SD28-5
CRS48SD28-6
TL14-12
TL14-11
PI41-22
IPS43
IPS42
CRS22
ECS7
S
S
DD13-4
DD13-3
U
Y
S
S
CR9-1
CR9-7
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
S
S
CC8-10
CC8-9
U
Y
S
S
IP24-3
IP24-4
U
Y
EC57-5
WD
CR86-11
WD
CR52-5
WD
RF3-8
WD
W
IP8-4
W
U
Y
IP6-18
IP6-19
C
CG
Y
BOF
BOF
CC21-1
CC21-2
D2
D2
IP39-4
B
IP39-5
B
G31AR
P
IP39-10
IP39-2
U
Y S
S
IP39-7
DW
EC6-5
WD
W
PI1-105
RF1-3
W
IP8-9IP22-8
WW
IPS25
WW
DD1-1
DD1-2
U
Y
S
S
CR38-12
CR38-1
U
Y
U
Y
CRS58
CRS59
S
S
CR13-2
CR13-1
U
Y
CRS60
CRS61
U
Y
U
Y
S
S
CR32-7
CR32-1
U
Y
TLS50
TLS51
TL14-5
TL14-6
U
Y
U
Y
IP2-8
IP2-7
CC10-14
CC10-15
U
Y
82NW
IP39-16
B
GO
IP39-9
B40II
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
EC103-2
EC101-2
D
–
+
f20_2_35005
REAR MEMORY MODULE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
NOTE: ECS7 – HID Headlamp vehicles only.
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
PARKING BRAKE MODULE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: TLS50, TLS51 – Navigation vehicles only.
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK
AUDIO UNIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
NOTE: The circuits include all vehicle options.
SERIAL DATA LINKROOF CONSOLE
INTRUSION SENSOR
PARKING AID MODULE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 20.3
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP39 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE DD11 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DD12 26-WAY / BLACK
DD13 26-WAY / NATURAL
DRIVER SEAT MODULE SD2 22-WAY / BLACK UNDER DRIVER SEAT
SD3 6-WAY / BLACK
SD4 6-WAY / BLACK
SD24 4-WAY / BLACK
SD26 4-WAY / BLACK
SD27 6-WAY / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE PI1 134-WAY / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD, PASSENGER SIDE
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH EC57 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH EC6 9-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC10 22-WAY / GREEN / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
DD1 22-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS CABIN / DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST
IP2 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND LH SIDE INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE
IP8 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / RH ‘A’ POST
IP22 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS CABIN / BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL END PLATE / LH SIDE (LHD), RH SIDE (RHD)
PI41 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT HARNESSES ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF SUSPENSION TOWER / PASSENGER SIDE
RF1 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS CABIN / UPPER RH ‘A’ POST
SD28 20-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS CABIN / BELOW DRIVER SEAT
TL14 14-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TELEMATICS HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE / BEHIND CD AUTOCHANGER
GROUNDS
Ground LocationG31 CABIN / BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link: RHDJaguar XJ 2005 Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link: RHD Fig. 20.3
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
S
S
TL2-14
TL2-4
U
Y
S
S
SD2-12
SD2-1
U
YCRS65SD28-5
CRS64SD28-6
TL14-12
TL14-11
PI41-22
IPS43
IPS42
CRS22
S
S
DD13-4
DD13-3
U
Y
S
S
CR9-1
CR9-7
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
S
S
IP6-10
IP6-20
U
Y
S
S
CC8-10
CC8-9
U
Y
S
S
IP24-3
IP24-4
U
Y
CR86-11
WD
CR52-5
WD
RF3-8
WD
W
IP8-4
W
U
Y
IP6-18
IP6-19
C
CG
Y
BOF
BOF
CC21-1
CC21-2
D2
D2
IP39-4
B
IP39-5
B
G31AR
P
IP39-10
IP39-2
U
Y S
S
IP39-7
DW
W
PI1-105
RF1-3
W
IP8-9IP22-8
WW
IPS25
WW
DD1-1
DD1-2
U
Y
S
S
CR38-12
CR38-1
U
Y
U
Y
CRS58
CRS59
S
S
CR13-2
CR13-1
U
Y
CRS60
CRS61
U
Y
U
Y
S
S
CR32-7
CR32-1
U
Y
TLS50
TLS51
TL14-5
TL14-6
U
Y
U
Y
IP22-2
IP22-1
CC10-14
CC10-15
U
Y
IP2-8
IP2-7
U
Y82
NW
IP39-16
B
GO
IP39-9
B40II
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
EC57-5
WD
EC6-5
WD
EC103-2
EC101-2
D
ECS7
f20_3_35005
REAR MEMORY MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE
LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT
NOTE: ECS7 – HID Headlamp vehicles only.
PARKING BRAKE MODULE
REAR ELECTRONIC MODULE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE
PARKING AID MODULE
INTRUSION SENSOR
ROOF CONSOLE
FRONT ELECTRONIC MODULE
AUDIO UNIT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
MODULE
NOTE: TLS50, TLS51 – Navigation vehicles only
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK
NOTE: The circuits include all vehicle options.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
Fig. 20.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT CC8 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
CC9 2-WAY / BLACK
CC21 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CD AUTOCHANGER TL5 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / THIRD FROM TOP
DB2 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE TL7 32-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / BOTTOM
TL94 2-WAY / BLACK
DB3 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL RC1 8-WAY / BLACK REAR SEAT ARM REST OR REAR FLOOR CONSOLE
RC3 20-WAY / BLACK
RC5 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE DB6 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM TOP
TL2 20-WAY / BLACK
TL29 26-WAY / BLACK
TL30 12-WAY / BLACK
TL37 2-WAY / BLACK
POWER AMPLIFIER TL9 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / LH SIDE
TL10 18-WAY / WHITE
DB7 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE TL68 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK / LH SIDE / MODULE STACK / SECOND FROM BOTTOM
DB4 FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description / Location LocationCC1 22-WAY GREEN / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
DB1 2-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO D2B NETWORK HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE
DB5 2-WAY / BLACK / D2B NETWORK HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS TRUNK / LH SIDE
RC2 8-WAY / BLACK / TELEMATICS HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
RC6 2-WAY / BLACK / D2B NETWORK HARNESS TO REAR IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT CONTROLS HARNESS CABIN / BELOW CENTER CONSOLE
TL95 2-WAY / BLACK / CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS TO D2B NETWORK HARNESS CABIN / BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
D2B NetworkJaguar XJ 2005 D2B Network Fig. 20.4
1
1 15l ll
7
6 64 95
53 77S S
ll ll16 52
106 143E E
S S78 105
63
Fig. 01.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
Fig. 01.6
Fig. 01.7
Fig. 01.8
Input
Output
I
O
B
P
+ Battery Voltage
Power Ground
Sensor/Signal Supply V
Sensor/Signal Ground Serial and Encoded DataCAN
+ ACP SCPA
C
S
D–
–
+
U
Y20.220.3
CC8-10
S
S
U
Y20.220.3
TL2-14
S
S
CC1-18
SCPBOF
BOF
CC21-1
CC21-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
DB6-1
DB6-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
DB3-1
DB3-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
DB2-1
DB2-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOFTL95-1
TL95-2
BOF
BOF
OGCC8-19
O
BOF
BOF
DB4-1
DB4-2
D2
D2
BOF
BOF
DB7-1
DB7-2
D2
D2
OG O
OGTL7-23
O
OGTL68-14
O
OG O
OG O
OG
TLS5
20.220.3 –
+
20.220.3
BOF
BOF
D2
D2
OG O
BOF
BOF
BOF
BOFOG
POWER AMPLIFIER
f20_4_35005
AUDIO UNIT
D2B WAKE–UP
D2B WAKE–UP
CD AUTOCHANGER
D2B WAKE–UP
D2B WAKE–UP
D2B WAKE–UP
D2B WAKE–UP
D2B WAKE–UP
CELLULAR PHONE MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE
MULTIMEDIA CONTROL PANEL
NAVIGATION CONTROLMODULE
NOTES:
The 7-module D2B network shown depicts the greatest number ofmodules available. D2B networks containing less than 7 modules arealways connected in the sequence shown from top to bottom.Audio Unit – Master Module
1 – CD Autochanger2 – Cellular Phone Module3 – Voice Activation Module4 – Multimedia Control Panel5 – Navigation Control Module6 – Power Amplifier
When modules are not fitted to the vehicle, the fiber optic cables and theconnectors are deleted. Therefore, each network containing less than 7modules has a unique fiber optic and “wake up” circuit.
For D2B network diagnostics via SCP – refer to Figs. 20.2 and 20.3.
CC8-9
TL5-3
RC1-6
TL2-4
TL2-3
TL9-5
RC2-7
DB1-2
RC5-2
RC5-1
RC6-2
RC6-1
DB5-2
DB5-1
DB1-1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004
DATE OF ISSUE: September 2004 i
AppendixJaguar XJ 2005
The following pages contain a list of SCP and CAN Network messages.
NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are excluded.
Acronyms and abbreviations:
A/C Air ConditioningADCM Adaptive Damping Control Module
AIRCON Climate ControlASC Adaptive Speed ControlASM Air Suspension Module
AT CMD Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devicesAUDIO Audio Unit
CAN Controller Area NetworkCCM Climate Control Module
CM Control ModuleCONFIG Configure
CPCM Cellular Phone Control ModuleD2B Fiber Optic Network
D2B OPC Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B useDDM Driver Door ModuleDIAG Diagnostics (WDS)DPF Diesel Particulate FilterDSC Dynamic Stability Control
DSCM Dynamic Stability Control ModuleDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control ModuleFEM Front Electronic Module
FFHM Fuel-fired Heater ModuleFL Front LeftFR Front Right
Gateway Device that converts messages between different types of networksHLCM Headlight Leveling Control Module
IC Instrument ClusterID Identification
JGM J-Gate ModuleMIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
NCM Navigation Control ModuleODO OdometerPBM Parking Brake ModulePCM Powertrain Control Module (Diesel only)
PECUS Programmable Electronic Control Units SystemPTT Push to Talk
REM Rear Electronic ModuleRF Radio FrequencyRL Rear Left
RPM Revolutions Per MinuteRR Rear Right
SCLM Steering Column Lock ModuleSCM Speed Control ModuleSCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkSMS Short Message Service for Mobile CommunicationsSTM Switch to Test ModeTCM Transmission Control ModuleTCS Traction Control System